1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA 2 Copyright (C) 1989-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. 5 6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) 9 any later version. 10 11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 14 GNU General Public License for more details. 15 16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free 18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 19 02110-1301, USA. */ 20 21 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science 22 at the University of Utah. */ 23 24 #include "as.h" 25 #include "safe-ctype.h" 26 #include "subsegs.h" 27 #include "dw2gencfi.h" 28 29 #include "bfd/libhppa.h" 30 31 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */ 32 #include "opcode/hppa.h" 33 34 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM) 35 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined 36 #endif 37 38 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug 39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records, 40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */ 41 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 42 #include "dwarf2dbg.h" 43 44 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do 45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */ 46 47 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 48 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type; 49 50 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 51 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 52 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc) 54 55 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 56 /* How to generate a relocation. */ 57 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type 58 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type 59 #else 60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type 61 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type 62 #endif 63 64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere 65 to store a copyright string. */ 66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version 67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version 68 69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind" 70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ 71 72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */ 74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$" 75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$" 76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$" 77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$" 78 79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 80 typedef int reloc_type; 81 82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */ 83 #define obj_version obj_som_version 84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright 85 86 /* How to generate a relocation. */ 87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type 88 89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc) 93 94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */ 95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL 96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78 97 #endif 98 99 #ifndef R_N0SEL 100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8 101 #endif 102 103 #ifndef R_N1SEL 104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9 105 #endif 106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */ 107 108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25 110 #else 111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10 112 #endif 113 114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */ 115 116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */ 117 118 struct unwind_desc 119 { 120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1; 121 unsigned int millicode:1; 122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1; 123 unsigned int region_desc:2; 124 unsigned int save_sr:2; 125 unsigned int entry_fr:4; 126 unsigned int entry_gr:5; 127 unsigned int args_stored:1; 128 unsigned int call_fr:5; 129 unsigned int call_gr:5; 130 unsigned int save_sp:1; 131 unsigned int save_rp:1; 132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1; 133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1; 134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1; 135 136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1; 137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1; 138 unsigned int reserved:3; 139 unsigned int frame_size:27; 140 }; 141 142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular 143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to 144 object files. */ 145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \ 146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \ 147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \ 148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \ 149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \ 150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \ 151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \ 152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \ 153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \ 154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \ 155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \ 156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \ 157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \ 158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \ 159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \ 160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0)) 161 162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \ 163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \ 164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \ 165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0)) 166 167 struct unwind_table 168 { 169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by 170 descriptor. */ 171 unsigned int start_offset; 172 unsigned int end_offset; 173 struct unwind_desc descriptor; 174 }; 175 176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to 177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in 178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors. 179 180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of 181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME. 182 183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the 184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */ 185 186 struct call_info 187 { 188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */ 189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind; 190 191 /* Name of this function. */ 192 symbolS *start_symbol; 193 194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */ 195 symbolS *end_symbol; 196 197 /* Next entry in the chain. */ 198 struct call_info *ci_next; 199 }; 200 201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions 202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows 203 SGL and DBL). */ 204 typedef enum 205 { 206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW 207 } 208 fp_operand_format; 209 210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to 211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation 212 (ELF has no need for it). */ 213 typedef enum 214 { 215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE, 217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE, 218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA, 219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY, 220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE, 221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL, 222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG, 223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG, 224 } 225 pa_symbol_type; 226 227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble 228 individual instructions. */ 229 struct pa_it 230 { 231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */ 232 unsigned long opcode; 233 234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */ 235 expressionS exp; 236 237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */ 238 int pcrel; 239 240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */ 241 fp_operand_format fpof1; 242 fp_operand_format fpof2; 243 244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */ 245 int trunc; 246 247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction 248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */ 249 long field_selector; 250 251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this 252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */ 253 unsigned int arg_reloc; 254 255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */ 256 int format; 257 258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */ 259 reloc_type reloc; 260 }; 261 262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this: 263 264 +--------------+--------------+ 265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R | 266 +--------------+--------------+ 267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R | 268 +--------------+--------------+ 269 | | | 270 271 . . . 272 . . . 273 . . . 274 275 | | | 276 +--------------+--------------+ 277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R | 278 +--------------+--------------+ 279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R | 280 +--------------+--------------+ */ 281 282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */ 283 struct call_desc 284 { 285 /* The argument relocation specification. */ 286 unsigned int arg_reloc; 287 288 /* Number of arguments. */ 289 unsigned int arg_count; 290 }; 291 292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 294 chain. */ 295 296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain 297 { 298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */ 299 unsigned int ssd_defined; 300 301 /* Name of this subspace. */ 302 char *ssd_name; 303 304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 305 asection *ssd_seg; 306 int ssd_subseg; 307 308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */ 309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next; 310 }; 311 312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct; 313 314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 315 chain. */ 316 317 struct space_dictionary_chain 318 { 319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or 320 as a default space. */ 321 unsigned int sd_defined; 322 323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */ 324 unsigned int sd_user_defined; 325 326 /* The space number (or index). */ 327 unsigned int sd_spnum; 328 329 /* The name of this subspace. */ 330 char *sd_name; 331 332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */ 333 asection *sd_seg; 334 335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */ 336 int sd_last_subseg; 337 338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */ 339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces; 340 341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */ 342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next; 343 }; 344 345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct; 346 347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace 348 dictionary entries. */ 349 350 struct default_subspace_dict 351 { 352 /* Name of the subspace. */ 353 const char *name; 354 355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */ 356 char defined; 357 358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */ 359 char loadable; 360 361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */ 362 char code_only; 363 364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */ 365 char comdat; 366 367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */ 368 char common; 369 370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols 371 to be multiply defined. */ 372 char dup_common; 373 374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */ 375 char zero; 376 377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */ 378 unsigned char sort; 379 380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access 381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */ 382 int access; 383 384 /* Index of containing space. */ 385 int space_index; 386 387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */ 388 int alignment; 389 390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */ 391 int quadrant; 392 393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */ 394 int def_space_index; 395 396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 397 subsegT subsegment; 398 }; 399 400 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space 401 dictionary entries. */ 402 403 struct default_space_dict 404 { 405 /* Name of the space. */ 406 const char *name; 407 408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within 409 assembly code numerically! */ 410 int spnum; 411 412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */ 413 char loadable; 414 415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */ 416 char defined; 417 418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */ 419 char private; 420 421 /* Sort key for this space. */ 422 unsigned char sort; 423 424 /* Segment associated with this space. */ 425 asection *segment; 426 }; 427 #endif 428 429 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments, 430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular 431 label. */ 432 typedef struct label_symbol_struct 433 { 434 struct symbol *lss_label; 435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space; 437 #endif 438 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 439 segT lss_segment; 440 #endif 441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next; 442 } 443 label_symbol_struct; 444 445 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */ 446 struct hppa_fix_struct 447 { 448 /* The field selector. */ 449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field; 450 451 /* Type of fixup. */ 452 int fx_r_type; 453 454 /* Format of fixup. */ 455 int fx_r_format; 456 457 /* Argument relocation bits. */ 458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc; 459 460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */ 461 segT segment; 462 }; 463 464 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ 465 466 struct pd_reg 467 { 468 const char *name; 469 int value; 470 }; 471 472 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string 473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */ 474 struct fp_cond_map 475 { 476 const char *string; 477 int cond; 478 }; 479 480 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector 481 string to a field selector type. */ 482 struct selector_entry 483 { 484 const char *prefix; 485 int field_selector; 486 }; 487 488 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */ 489 490 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 491 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void); 492 #endif 493 494 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 495 static void pa_text (int); 496 static void pa_data (int); 497 static void pa_comm (int); 498 #endif 499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 500 static int exact_log2 (int); 501 static void pa_compiler (int); 502 static void pa_align (int); 503 static void pa_space (int); 504 static void pa_spnum (int); 505 static void pa_subspace (int); 506 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int, 507 int, int, int, 508 asection *, int); 509 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 510 const char *, int, int, 511 int, int, int, int, 512 int, int, int, int, 513 int, asection *); 514 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 515 char *, int, int, int, 516 int, int, int, int, 517 int, int, int, int, 518 asection *); 519 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *); 520 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *); 521 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *); 522 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *, 523 subsegT); 524 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int); 525 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int); 526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int); 527 #endif 528 529 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */ 530 531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 532 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */ 533 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root; 534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last; 535 536 /* The current space and subspace. */ 537 static sd_chain_struct *current_space; 538 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace; 539 #endif 540 541 /* Root of the call_info chain. */ 542 static struct call_info *call_info_root; 543 544 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure 545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and 546 function labels. */ 547 static struct call_info *last_call_info; 548 549 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */ 550 static struct call_desc last_call_desc; 551 552 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */ 553 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL; 554 555 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be 556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!' 557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */ 558 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>"; 559 560 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of 561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename' 562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output. 563 564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the 565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs 566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. 567 568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */ 569 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; 570 571 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the 572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */ 573 const char comment_chars[] = ";"; 574 575 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */ 576 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!"; 577 578 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */ 579 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; 580 581 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant. 582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. 583 584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be 585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it 586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */ 587 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; 588 589 static struct pa_it the_insn; 590 591 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression 592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global 593 variable. */ 594 static char *expr_end; 595 596 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */ 597 static int callinfo_found; 598 599 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */ 600 static int within_entry_exit; 601 602 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */ 603 static int within_procedure; 604 605 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol 606 seen in each subspace. */ 607 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 608 609 /* Last label symbol */ 610 static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol; 611 612 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise. 613 614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or 615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction. 616 617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure 618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields 619 by pa_parse_number. */ 620 static int strict; 621 622 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly 623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating 624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards. 625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point 626 register has a `r' suffix. */ 627 #define FP_REG_BASE 64 628 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128 629 static int pa_number; 630 631 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 632 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */ 633 static symbolS *dummy_symbol; 634 #endif 635 636 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */ 637 static int print_errors = 1; 638 639 /* List of registers that are pre-defined: 640 641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form 642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>. 643 644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner, 645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names. 646 647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form 648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined 649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which 650 again have the value <REGNUM>. 651 652 Many registers also have synonyms: 653 654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms 655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms 656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms 657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym 658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym 659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym 660 661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed 662 here for brevity. 663 664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ 665 666 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = 667 { 668 {"%arg0", 26}, 669 {"%arg1", 25}, 670 {"%arg2", 24}, 671 {"%arg3", 23}, 672 {"%cr0", 0}, 673 {"%cr10", 10}, 674 {"%cr11", 11}, 675 {"%cr12", 12}, 676 {"%cr13", 13}, 677 {"%cr14", 14}, 678 {"%cr15", 15}, 679 {"%cr16", 16}, 680 {"%cr17", 17}, 681 {"%cr18", 18}, 682 {"%cr19", 19}, 683 {"%cr20", 20}, 684 {"%cr21", 21}, 685 {"%cr22", 22}, 686 {"%cr23", 23}, 687 {"%cr24", 24}, 688 {"%cr25", 25}, 689 {"%cr26", 26}, 690 {"%cr27", 27}, 691 {"%cr28", 28}, 692 {"%cr29", 29}, 693 {"%cr30", 30}, 694 {"%cr31", 31}, 695 {"%cr8", 8}, 696 {"%cr9", 9}, 697 {"%dp", 27}, 698 {"%eiem", 15}, 699 {"%eirr", 23}, 700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 800 {"%fret", 4}, 801 {"%hta", 25}, 802 {"%iir", 19}, 803 {"%ior", 21}, 804 {"%ipsw", 22}, 805 {"%isr", 20}, 806 {"%itmr", 16}, 807 {"%iva", 14}, 808 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 809 {"%mrp", 2}, 810 #else 811 {"%mrp", 31}, 812 #endif 813 {"%pcoq", 18}, 814 {"%pcsq", 17}, 815 {"%pidr1", 8}, 816 {"%pidr2", 9}, 817 {"%pidr3", 12}, 818 {"%pidr4", 13}, 819 {"%ppda", 24}, 820 {"%r0", 0}, 821 {"%r1", 1}, 822 {"%r10", 10}, 823 {"%r11", 11}, 824 {"%r12", 12}, 825 {"%r13", 13}, 826 {"%r14", 14}, 827 {"%r15", 15}, 828 {"%r16", 16}, 829 {"%r17", 17}, 830 {"%r18", 18}, 831 {"%r19", 19}, 832 {"%r2", 2}, 833 {"%r20", 20}, 834 {"%r21", 21}, 835 {"%r22", 22}, 836 {"%r23", 23}, 837 {"%r24", 24}, 838 {"%r25", 25}, 839 {"%r26", 26}, 840 {"%r27", 27}, 841 {"%r28", 28}, 842 {"%r29", 29}, 843 {"%r3", 3}, 844 {"%r30", 30}, 845 {"%r31", 31}, 846 {"%r4", 4}, 847 {"%r5", 5}, 848 {"%r6", 6}, 849 {"%r7", 7}, 850 {"%r8", 8}, 851 {"%r9", 9}, 852 {"%rctr", 0}, 853 {"%ret0", 28}, 854 {"%ret1", 29}, 855 {"%rp", 2}, 856 {"%sar", 11}, 857 {"%sp", 30}, 858 {"%sr0", 0}, 859 {"%sr1", 1}, 860 {"%sr2", 2}, 861 {"%sr3", 3}, 862 {"%sr4", 4}, 863 {"%sr5", 5}, 864 {"%sr6", 6}, 865 {"%sr7", 7}, 866 {"%t1", 22}, 867 {"%t2", 21}, 868 {"%t3", 20}, 869 {"%t4", 19}, 870 {"%tf1", 11}, 871 {"%tf2", 10}, 872 {"%tf3", 9}, 873 {"%tf4", 8}, 874 {"%tr0", 24}, 875 {"%tr1", 25}, 876 {"%tr2", 26}, 877 {"%tr3", 27}, 878 {"%tr4", 28}, 879 {"%tr5", 29}, 880 {"%tr6", 30}, 881 {"%tr7", 31} 882 }; 883 884 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is 885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked 886 for < first, we would get a false match. */ 887 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] = 888 { 889 {"false?", 0}, 890 {"false", 1}, 891 {"true?", 30}, 892 {"true", 31}, 893 {"!<=>", 3}, 894 {"!?>=", 8}, 895 {"!?<=", 16}, 896 {"!<>", 7}, 897 {"!>=", 11}, 898 {"!?>", 12}, 899 {"?<=", 14}, 900 {"!<=", 19}, 901 {"!?<", 20}, 902 {"?>=", 22}, 903 {"!?=", 24}, 904 {"!=t", 27}, 905 {"<=>", 29}, 906 {"=t", 5}, 907 {"?=", 6}, 908 {"?<", 10}, 909 {"<=", 13}, 910 {"!>", 15}, 911 {"?>", 18}, 912 {">=", 21}, 913 {"!<", 23}, 914 {"<>", 25}, 915 {"!=", 26}, 916 {"!?", 28}, 917 {"?", 2}, 918 {"=", 4}, 919 {"<", 9}, 920 {">", 17} 921 }; 922 923 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] = 924 { 925 {"f", e_fsel}, 926 {"l", e_lsel}, 927 {"ld", e_ldsel}, 928 {"lp", e_lpsel}, 929 {"lr", e_lrsel}, 930 {"ls", e_lssel}, 931 {"lt", e_ltsel}, 932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel}, 933 {"n", e_nsel}, 934 {"nl", e_nlsel}, 935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel}, 936 {"p", e_psel}, 937 {"r", e_rsel}, 938 {"rd", e_rdsel}, 939 {"rp", e_rpsel}, 940 {"rr", e_rrsel}, 941 {"rs", e_rssel}, 942 {"rt", e_rtsel}, 943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel}, 944 {"t", e_tsel}, 945 }; 946 947 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 948 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */ 949 950 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME 951 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME 952 953 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */ 954 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0 955 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1 956 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2 957 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0 958 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2 959 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3 960 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0 961 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1 962 963 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] = 964 { 965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE}, 966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA}, 967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT}, 968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI}, 969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS}, 970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0} 971 }; 972 973 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] = 974 { 975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL}, 976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL}, 977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL} 978 }; 979 980 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */ 981 982 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */ 983 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined 984 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined 985 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum 986 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name 987 988 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined 989 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name 990 #endif 991 992 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents 993 a right or left half of a FP register */ 994 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r') 995 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l') 996 997 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */ 998 999 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \ 1000 { \ 1001 if (immediate_check) \ 1002 { \ 1003 if (pos == -1) \ 1004 pos = (VALUE); \ 1005 else if (len == -1) \ 1006 len = (VALUE); \ 1007 } \ 1008 } 1009 1010 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip 1011 main loop after insertion. */ 1012 1013 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \ 1014 { \ 1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \ 1016 continue; \ 1017 } 1018 1019 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds. 1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1021 1022 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \ 1023 { \ 1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1025 { \ 1026 if (! IGNORE) \ 1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1028 (int) (FIELD));\ 1029 break; \ 1030 } \ 1031 } 1032 1033 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where 1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */ 1035 1036 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \ 1037 { \ 1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1039 { \ 1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \ 1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1042 (int) (FIELD));\ 1043 break; \ 1044 } \ 1045 } 1046 1047 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two). 1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1049 1050 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \ 1051 { \ 1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \ 1053 { \ 1054 if (! IGNORE) \ 1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \ 1056 (int) (FIELD));\ 1057 break; \ 1058 } \ 1059 } 1060 1061 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \ 1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0) 1064 1065 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \ 1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0) 1068 1069 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \ 1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0) 1072 1073 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \ 1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0) 1076 1077 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \ 1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0) 1080 1081 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \ 1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0) 1084 1085 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \ 1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0) 1088 1089 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \ 1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0) 1092 1093 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll 1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't 1095 need real complex handling yet. */ 1096 #define is_complex(exp) \ 1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol) 1098 1099 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */ 1100 1101 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and 1102 proc/procend pairs match. */ 1103 1104 void 1105 pa_check_eof (void) 1106 { 1107 if (within_entry_exit) 1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n")); 1109 1110 if (within_procedure) 1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n")); 1112 } 1113 1114 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space. 1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */ 1116 1117 static label_symbol_struct * 1118 pa_get_label (void) 1119 { 1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1121 1122 if (label_chain) 1123 { 1124 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label) 1126 return label_chain; 1127 #endif 1128 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label) 1130 return label_chain; 1131 #endif 1132 } 1133 1134 return NULL; 1135 } 1136 1137 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined, 1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */ 1139 1140 void 1141 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol) 1142 { 1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1144 1145 if (!label_chain) 1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol; 1147 1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1149 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space; 1151 #endif 1152 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg; 1154 #endif 1155 1156 /* Not used. */ 1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL; 1158 1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain; 1160 1161 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol); 1163 #endif 1164 } 1165 1166 /* Removes a label definition for the current space. 1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */ 1168 1169 static void 1170 pa_undefine_label (void) 1171 { 1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 1173 } 1174 1175 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA 1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa 1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An 1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the 1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the 1180 tc_fix_data field. */ 1181 1182 static void 1183 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, 1184 int where, 1185 int size, 1186 symbolS *add_symbol, 1187 offsetT offset, 1188 expressionS *exp, 1189 int pcrel, 1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type, 1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field, 1192 int r_format, 1193 unsigned int arg_reloc, 1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1195 { 1196 fixS *new_fix; 1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 1198 1199 if (exp != NULL) 1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type); 1201 else 1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type); 1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type; 1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field; 1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format; 1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc; 1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 1209 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT) 1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits; 1212 #endif 1213 1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$ 1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate 1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */ 1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy 1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0 1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0 1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0 1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0 1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0 1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0 1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0 1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)) 1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL; 1227 } 1228 1229 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW. 1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */ 1231 1232 void 1233 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, 1234 int hppa_field_selector) 1235 { 1236 unsigned int rel_type; 1237 1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */ 1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp)) 1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp)) 1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp)) 1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp)) 1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp)) 1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp)) 1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp)) 1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp)) 1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 1256 #endif 1257 else if (is_complex (*exp)) 1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX; 1259 else 1260 rel_type = R_HPPA; 1261 1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel) 1263 { 1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.")); 1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel; 1266 } 1267 1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, 1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type, 1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0); 1271 } 1272 1273 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */ 1274 1275 static void 1276 get_expression (char *str) 1277 { 1278 char *save_in; 1279 asection *seg; 1280 1281 save_in = input_line_pointer; 1282 input_line_pointer = str; 1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp); 1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section 1285 || seg == undefined_section 1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg))) 1287 { 1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression.")); 1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1290 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1291 return; 1292 } 1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1294 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1295 } 1296 1297 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the 1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */ 1299 1300 static int 1301 pa_parse_nullif (char **s) 1302 { 1303 int nullif; 1304 1305 nullif = 0; 1306 if (**s == ',') 1307 { 1308 *s = *s + 1; 1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0) 1310 nullif = 1; 1311 else 1312 { 1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s); 1314 nullif = 0; 1315 } 1316 *s = *s + 1; 1317 } 1318 1319 return nullif; 1320 } 1321 1322 const char * 1323 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) 1324 { 1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE); 1326 } 1327 1328 /* Write out big-endian. */ 1329 1330 void 1331 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n) 1332 { 1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); 1334 } 1335 1336 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target 1337 format. */ 1338 1339 arelent ** 1340 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp) 1341 { 1342 arelent *reloc; 1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL; 1345 arelent **relocs; 1346 reloc_type **codes; 1347 reloc_type code; 1348 int n_relocs; 1349 int i; 1350 1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0) 1353 return &no_relocs; 1354 1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0); 1356 gas_assert (section != 0); 1357 1358 reloc = XNEW (arelent); 1359 1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1362 1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations. 1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */ 1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr, 1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail 1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ 1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX 1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel) 1370 { 1371 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8; 1373 } 1374 1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput, 1376 fixp->fx_r_type, 1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format, 1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field, 1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL, 1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)); 1381 1382 if (codes == NULL) 1383 { 1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup")); 1385 abort (); 1386 } 1387 1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++) 1389 ; 1390 1391 relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1); 1392 reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs); 1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i]; 1395 1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL; 1397 1398 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type) 1400 { 1401 default: 1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1); 1403 1404 code = *codes[0]; 1405 1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */ 1407 switch (code) 1408 { 1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F: 1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32: 1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L: 1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: 1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in 1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section. 1419 1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1423 reloc->addend = 0; 1424 break; 1425 1426 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC 1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: 1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F: 1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C: 1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F: 1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: 1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 1435 fixp->fx_offset); 1436 break; 1437 #endif 1438 1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32: 1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */ 1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1443 /* Fall thru */ 1444 1445 default: 1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1447 break; 1448 } 1449 1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1455 1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type); 1457 break; 1458 } 1459 #else /* OBJ_SOM */ 1460 1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */ 1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1463 { 1464 code = *codes[i]; 1465 1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1468 relocs[i]->howto = 1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1472 1473 switch (code) 1474 { 1475 case R_COMP2: 1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference 1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four 1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */ 1479 gas_assert (i == 1); 1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr 1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1482 relocs[0]->howto 1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]); 1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0; 1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1489 relocs[1]->howto 1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]); 1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0; 1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy); 1496 relocs[2]->howto 1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]); 1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0; 1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr 1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1503 relocs[3]->howto 1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]); 1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0; 1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr 1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1510 relocs[4]->howto 1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]); 1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0; 1515 goto done; 1516 case R_PCREL_CALL: 1517 case R_ABS_CALL: 1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0); 1519 break; 1520 1521 case R_DLT_REL: 1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL: 1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL: 1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1526 (static link required). 1527 1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link! 1529 1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1534 break; 1535 1536 case R_N_MODE: 1537 case R_S_MODE: 1538 case R_D_MODE: 1539 case R_R_MODE: 1540 case R_FSEL: 1541 case R_LSEL: 1542 case R_RSEL: 1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB: 1544 case R_END_BRTAB: 1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY: 1546 case R_N0SEL: 1547 case R_N1SEL: 1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */ 1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1552 break; 1553 1554 case R_END_TRY: 1555 case R_ENTRY: 1556 case R_EXIT: 1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */ 1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1561 break; 1562 1563 default: 1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1565 } 1566 } 1567 1568 done: 1569 #endif 1570 1571 return relocs; 1572 } 1573 1574 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */ 1575 1576 void 1577 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1579 fragS *fragP) 1580 { 1581 unsigned int address; 1582 1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent) 1584 { 1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype) 1586 { 1587 case 0: 1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill; 1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1); 1590 know (fragP->fr_next); 1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix; 1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset) 1593 { 1594 fragP->fr_offset = 1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address 1596 - fragP->fr_address 1597 - fragP->fr_fix; 1598 } 1599 else 1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0; 1601 break; 1602 } 1603 } 1604 } 1605 1606 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */ 1607 1608 valueT 1609 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size) 1610 { 1611 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment); 1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1; 1613 1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2; 1615 } 1616 1617 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */ 1618 1619 int 1620 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1621 { 1622 int size; 1623 1624 size = 0; 1625 1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset) 1627 size++; 1628 1629 return size; 1630 } 1631 1632 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1634 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1635 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc"; 1636 # else 1637 const char *md_shortopts = "V"; 1638 # endif 1639 #else 1640 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1641 const char *md_shortopts = "c"; 1642 # else 1643 const char *md_shortopts = ""; 1644 # endif 1645 #endif 1646 1647 struct option md_longopts[] = 1648 { 1649 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1650 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'}, 1651 #endif 1652 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} 1653 }; 1654 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); 1655 1656 int 1657 md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1658 { 1659 switch (c) 1660 { 1661 default: 1662 return 0; 1663 1664 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1665 case 'V': 1666 print_version_id (); 1667 break; 1668 #endif 1669 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1670 case 'c': 1671 warn_comment = 1; 1672 break; 1673 #endif 1674 } 1675 1676 return 1; 1677 } 1678 1679 void 1680 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1681 { 1682 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1683 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1684 -Q ignored\n")); 1685 #endif 1686 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1687 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1688 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n")); 1689 #endif 1690 } 1691 1692 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ 1694 1695 symbolS * 1696 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1697 { 1698 return NULL; 1699 } 1700 1701 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 1702 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \ 1703 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1)) 1704 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \ 1705 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE)) 1706 #else 1707 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0 1708 #endif 1709 1710 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */ 1711 1712 void 1713 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1714 { 1715 char *fixpos; 1716 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP; 1717 offsetT new_val; 1718 int insn, val, fmt; 1719 1720 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can 1721 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for 1722 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */ 1723 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1724 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY 1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT 1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 1727 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 1728 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY) 1729 return; 1730 1731 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY 1732 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes 1733 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */ 1734 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY) 1735 { 1736 fixP->fx_offset = * valP; 1737 return; 1738 } 1739 #endif 1740 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1741 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY 1742 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT) 1743 return; 1744 #endif 1745 1746 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0) 1747 fixP->fx_done = 1; 1748 1749 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */ 1750 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data; 1751 if (hppa_fixP == NULL) 1752 { 1753 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1754 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"), 1755 fixP->fx_r_type); 1756 return; 1757 } 1758 1759 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; 1760 1761 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32) 1762 { 1763 /* Handle constant output. */ 1764 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size); 1765 return; 1766 } 1767 1768 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos); 1769 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn); 1770 1771 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something 1772 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs). 1773 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it 1774 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */ 1775 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL 1776 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE) 1777 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1778 && fmt != 32 1779 #endif 1780 ) 1781 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1782 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1783 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */ 1784 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel 1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel 1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel 1788 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 1789 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel) 1790 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1791 #endif 1792 else 1793 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1794 1795 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */ 1796 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) 1797 && fixP->fx_addsy 1798 && fixP->fx_pcrel 1799 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy), 1800 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc) 1801 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1802 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384 1803 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288) 1804 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1805 #endif 1806 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1807 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288 1808 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1809 #endif 1810 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy) 1811 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy) 1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment 1813 && !(fixP->fx_subsy 1814 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)) 1815 { 1816 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1817 } 1818 1819 switch (fmt) 1820 { 1821 case 10: 1822 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1823 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1824 val = new_val; 1825 1826 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1) 1827 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1828 break; 1829 case -11: 1830 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1831 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1832 val = new_val; 1833 1834 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1) 1835 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1836 break; 1837 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */ 1838 case 14: 1839 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1840 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1841 val = new_val; 1842 1843 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14)); 1844 break; 1845 1846 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */ 1847 case 21: 1848 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 1849 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1850 val = new_val; 1851 1852 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val); 1853 break; 1854 1855 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */ 1856 case 11: 1857 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024, 1858 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1859 val = new_val; 1860 1861 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11); 1862 break; 1863 1864 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */ 1865 case 12: 1866 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 1867 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1868 val = new_val - 8; 1869 1870 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2); 1871 break; 1872 1873 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */ 1874 case 17: 1875 { 1876 offsetT distance = * valP; 1877 1878 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1879 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1880 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1881 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1882 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 1883 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1884 1885 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 1886 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1887 val = new_val - 8; 1888 1889 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2); 1890 break; 1891 } 1892 1893 case 22: 1894 { 1895 offsetT distance = * valP; 1896 1897 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1898 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1899 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1900 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1901 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1902 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1903 1904 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1905 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1906 val = new_val - 8; 1907 1908 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2); 1909 break; 1910 } 1911 1912 case -10: 1913 val = new_val; 1914 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8); 1915 break; 1916 1917 case -16: 1918 val = new_val; 1919 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4); 1920 break; 1921 1922 case 16: 1923 val = new_val; 1924 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val); 1925 break; 1926 1927 case 32: 1928 insn = new_val; 1929 break; 1930 1931 default: 1932 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1933 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.")); 1934 return; 1935 } 1936 1937 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1938 switch (fixP->fx_r_type) 1939 { 1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L: 1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R: 1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L: 1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R: 1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L: 1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R: 1946 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L: 1947 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R: 1948 if (fixP->fx_addsy) 1949 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); 1950 break; 1951 default: 1952 break; 1953 } 1954 #endif 1955 1956 /* Insert the relocation. */ 1957 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos); 1958 } 1959 1960 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO? 1961 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */ 1962 1963 long 1964 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) 1965 { 1966 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; 1967 } 1968 1969 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of 1970 a statement. */ 1971 1972 static int 1973 is_end_of_statement (void) 1974 { 1975 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n') 1976 || (*input_line_pointer == ';') 1977 || (*input_line_pointer == '!')); 1978 } 1979 1980 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) 1981 1982 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return 1983 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ 1984 1985 static int 1986 reg_name_search (char *name) 1987 { 1988 int middle, low, high; 1989 int cmp; 1990 1991 low = 0; 1992 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1; 1993 1994 do 1995 { 1996 middle = (low + high) / 2; 1997 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name); 1998 if (cmp < 0) 1999 high = middle - 1; 2000 else if (cmp > 0) 2001 low = middle + 1; 2002 else 2003 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value; 2004 } 2005 while (low <= high); 2006 2007 return -1; 2008 } 2009 2010 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms, 2011 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be 2012 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol. 2013 2014 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing 2015 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is 2016 returned in `pa_number'. 2017 2018 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be 2019 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is 2020 not set. 2021 2022 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail 2023 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */ 2024 2025 static int 2026 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float) 2027 { 2028 int num; 2029 char *name; 2030 char c; 2031 symbolS *sym; 2032 int status; 2033 char *p = *s; 2034 bfd_boolean have_prefix; 2035 2036 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */ 2037 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 2038 p = p + 1; 2039 2040 pa_number = -1; 2041 have_prefix = 0; 2042 num = 0; 2043 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p)) 2044 { 2045 /* Looks like a number. */ 2046 2047 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X')) 2048 { 2049 /* The number is specified in hex. */ 2050 p += 2; 2051 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f')) 2052 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F'))) 2053 { 2054 if (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2055 num = num * 16 + *p - '0'; 2056 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f') 2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10; 2058 else 2059 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10; 2060 ++p; 2061 } 2062 } 2063 else 2064 { 2065 /* The number is specified in decimal. */ 2066 while (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2067 { 2068 num = num * 10 + *p - '0'; 2069 ++p; 2070 } 2071 } 2072 2073 pa_number = num; 2074 2075 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */ 2076 if (is_float) 2077 { 2078 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE; 2079 if (! (is_float & 2)) 2080 { 2081 if (IS_R_SELECT (p)) 2082 { 2083 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL; 2084 ++p; 2085 } 2086 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p)) 2087 { 2088 ++p; 2089 } 2090 } 2091 } 2092 } 2093 else if (*p == '%') 2094 { 2095 /* The number might be a predefined register. */ 2096 have_prefix = 1; 2097 name = p; 2098 p++; 2099 c = *p; 2100 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general 2101 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY 2102 slow. */ 2103 if (c == 'r') 2104 { 2105 p++; 2106 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't' 2107 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1')) 2108 { 2109 p += 2; 2110 num = *p - '0' + 28; 2111 p++; 2112 } 2113 else if (*p == 'p') 2114 { 2115 num = 2; 2116 p++; 2117 } 2118 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) 2119 { 2120 if (print_errors) 2121 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2122 num = -1; 2123 } 2124 else 2125 { 2126 do 2127 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0'; 2128 while (ISDIGIT (*p)); 2129 } 2130 } 2131 else 2132 { 2133 /* Do a normal register search. */ 2134 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2135 { 2136 p = p + 1; 2137 c = *p; 2138 } 2139 *p = 0; 2140 status = reg_name_search (name); 2141 if (status >= 0) 2142 num = status; 2143 else 2144 { 2145 if (print_errors) 2146 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2147 num = -1; 2148 } 2149 *p = c; 2150 } 2151 2152 pa_number = num; 2153 } 2154 else 2155 { 2156 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which 2157 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */ 2158 name = p; 2159 c = *p; 2160 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2161 { 2162 p = p + 1; 2163 c = *p; 2164 } 2165 *p = 0; 2166 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL) 2167 { 2168 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section) 2169 { 2170 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2171 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a 2172 register, so... */ 2173 have_prefix = TRUE; 2174 } 2175 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr) 2176 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2177 else if (!strict) 2178 { 2179 if (print_errors) 2180 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name); 2181 num = -1; 2182 } 2183 } 2184 else if (!strict) 2185 { 2186 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol 2187 or for an empty string. For an empty string we 2188 will return zero. That's a concession made for 2189 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */ 2190 if (*name == 0) 2191 num = 0; 2192 else 2193 { 2194 if (print_errors) 2195 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name); 2196 num = -1; 2197 } 2198 } 2199 *p = c; 2200 2201 pa_number = num; 2202 } 2203 2204 if (!strict || have_prefix) 2205 { 2206 *s = p; 2207 return 1; 2208 } 2209 return 0; 2210 } 2211 2212 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require 2213 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */ 2214 2215 static int 2216 need_pa11_opcode (void) 2217 { 2218 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0 2219 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL)) 2220 { 2221 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 2222 then set a new architecture. */ 2223 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11) 2224 { 2225 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11)) 2226 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 2227 } 2228 return TRUE; 2229 } 2230 else 2231 return FALSE; 2232 } 2233 2234 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical 2235 code associated with the condition. */ 2236 2237 static int 2238 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s) 2239 { 2240 int cond, i; 2241 2242 cond = 0; 2243 2244 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) 2245 { 2246 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string, 2247 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0) 2248 { 2249 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond; 2250 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2251 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and 2252 report an error. */ 2253 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2254 { 2255 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2256 break; 2257 } 2258 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t') 2259 *s = *s + 1; 2260 return cond; 2261 } 2262 } 2263 2264 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s); 2265 2266 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */ 2267 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2268 *s += 1; 2269 2270 return 0; 2271 } 2272 2273 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */ 2274 2275 static int 2276 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s) 2277 { 2278 int value; 2279 2280 value = 0; 2281 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0) 2282 { 2283 value = 5; 2284 *s += 4; 2285 } 2286 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0) 2287 { 2288 value = 9; 2289 *s += 4; 2290 } 2291 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0) 2292 { 2293 value = 13; 2294 *s += 4; 2295 } 2296 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0) 2297 { 2298 value = 17; 2299 *s += 4; 2300 } 2301 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0) 2302 { 2303 value = 1; 2304 *s += 3; 2305 } 2306 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0) 2307 { 2308 value = 6; 2309 *s += 4; 2310 } 2311 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0) 2312 { 2313 value = 2; 2314 *s += 3; 2315 } 2316 else 2317 { 2318 value = 0; 2319 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s); 2320 } 2321 2322 return value; 2323 } 2324 2325 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2326 type. */ 2327 2328 static fp_operand_format 2329 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s) 2330 { 2331 int format; 2332 2333 format = SGL; 2334 if (**s == ',') 2335 { 2336 *s += 1; 2337 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2338 { 2339 format = SGL; 2340 *s += 4; 2341 } 2342 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2343 { 2344 format = DBL; 2345 *s += 4; 2346 } 2347 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2348 { 2349 format = QUAD; 2350 *s += 5; 2351 } 2352 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0) 2353 { 2354 format = W; 2355 *s += 2; 2356 } 2357 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0) 2358 { 2359 format = UW; 2360 *s += 3; 2361 } 2362 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0) 2363 { 2364 format = DW; 2365 *s += 3; 2366 } 2367 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0) 2368 { 2369 format = UDW; 2370 *s += 4; 2371 } 2372 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0) 2373 { 2374 format = QW; 2375 *s += 3; 2376 } 2377 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0) 2378 { 2379 format = UQW; 2380 *s += 4; 2381 } 2382 else 2383 { 2384 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2385 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2386 } 2387 } 2388 2389 return format; 2390 } 2391 2392 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2393 type. */ 2394 2395 static fp_operand_format 2396 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s) 2397 { 2398 int format; 2399 2400 format = SGL; 2401 if (**s == ',') 2402 { 2403 *s += 1; 2404 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2405 { 2406 format = SGL; 2407 *s += 4; 2408 } 2409 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2410 { 2411 format = DBL; 2412 *s += 4; 2413 } 2414 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2415 { 2416 format = QUAD; 2417 *s += 5; 2418 } 2419 else 2420 { 2421 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2422 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2423 } 2424 } 2425 2426 return format; 2427 } 2428 2429 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */ 2430 2431 static int 2432 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str) 2433 { 2434 int middle, low, high; 2435 int cmp; 2436 char name[4]; 2437 2438 /* Read past any whitespace. */ 2439 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */ 2440 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f') 2441 *str = *str + 1; 2442 2443 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%') 2444 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2445 name[1] = 0; 2446 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%') 2447 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2448 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2449 name[2] = 0; 2450 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%') 2451 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2452 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2453 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]), 2454 name[3] = 0; 2455 else 2456 return e_fsel; 2457 2458 low = 0; 2459 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1; 2460 2461 do 2462 { 2463 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2464 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix); 2465 if (cmp < 0) 2466 high = middle - 1; 2467 else if (cmp > 0) 2468 low = middle + 1; 2469 else 2470 { 2471 *str += strlen (name) + 1; 2472 #ifndef OBJ_SOM 2473 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel) 2474 return e_fsel; 2475 #endif 2476 return selector_table[middle].field_selector; 2477 } 2478 } 2479 while (low <= high); 2480 2481 return e_fsel; 2482 } 2483 2484 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by 2485 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */ 2486 2487 int 2488 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp) 2489 { 2490 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer); 2491 expression (exp); 2492 return hppa_field_selector; 2493 } 2494 2495 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by 2496 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */ 2497 static int 2498 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn) 2499 { 2500 offsetT value; 2501 expressionS exp; 2502 int field_selector = insn->field_selector; 2503 2504 exp = insn->exp; 2505 value = exp.X_add_number; 2506 2507 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector); 2508 } 2509 2510 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */ 2511 2512 static int 2513 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2514 { 2515 char *save_in; 2516 2517 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp); 2518 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2519 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2520 expression (&insn->exp); 2521 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2522 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2523 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant) 2524 { 2525 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */ 2526 if (!strict) 2527 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute).")); 2528 return 0; 2529 } 2530 return evaluate_absolute (insn); 2531 } 2532 2533 /* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the 2534 first whitespace character. */ 2535 2536 static int 2537 pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2538 { 2539 char *save_in; 2540 char *s, c; 2541 int result; 2542 2543 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2544 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2545 2546 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider 2547 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register 2548 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the 2549 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling 2550 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered 2551 in the symbol table. 2552 2553 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string 2554 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally 2555 contain no whitespace. */ 2556 2557 s = *strp; 2558 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 2559 s++; 2560 2561 c = *s; 2562 *s = 0; 2563 2564 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp); 2565 2566 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2567 *s = c; 2568 return result; 2569 } 2570 2571 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated 2572 argument location number. */ 2573 2574 static unsigned int 2575 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name) 2576 { 2577 2578 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0) 2579 return 0; 2580 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0) 2581 return 1; 2582 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0) 2583 return 2; 2584 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0) 2585 return 3; 2586 else 2587 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name); 2588 2589 return 0; 2590 } 2591 2592 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for 2593 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */ 2594 2595 static unsigned int 2596 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc) 2597 { 2598 unsigned int new_reloc; 2599 2600 new_reloc = arg_reloc; 2601 switch (reg) 2602 { 2603 case 0: 2604 new_reloc <<= 8; 2605 break; 2606 case 1: 2607 new_reloc <<= 6; 2608 break; 2609 case 2: 2610 new_reloc <<= 4; 2611 break; 2612 case 3: 2613 new_reloc <<= 2; 2614 break; 2615 default: 2616 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg); 2617 } 2618 2619 return new_reloc; 2620 } 2621 2622 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2623 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2624 2625 static int 2626 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2627 { 2628 int cmpltr; 2629 char *name = *s + 1; 2630 char c; 2631 char *save_s = *s; 2632 int nullify = 0; 2633 2634 cmpltr = 0; 2635 if (**s == ',') 2636 { 2637 *s += 1; 2638 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2639 *s += 1; 2640 c = **s; 2641 **s = 0x00; 2642 2643 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2644 { 2645 cmpltr = 1; 2646 } 2647 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2648 { 2649 cmpltr = 2; 2650 } 2651 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2652 { 2653 cmpltr = 3; 2654 } 2655 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0) 2656 { 2657 cmpltr = 4; 2658 } 2659 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 2660 { 2661 cmpltr = 5; 2662 } 2663 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2664 { 2665 cmpltr = 6; 2666 } 2667 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2668 { 2669 cmpltr = 7; 2670 } 2671 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2672 completer. */ 2673 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2674 { 2675 cmpltr = 0; 2676 nullify = 1; 2677 } 2678 else 2679 { 2680 cmpltr = -1; 2681 } 2682 **s = c; 2683 } 2684 2685 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2686 if (nullify) 2687 *s = save_s; 2688 2689 return cmpltr; 2690 } 2691 2692 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2693 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2694 2695 static int 2696 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2697 { 2698 int cmpltr; 2699 char *name = *s + 1; 2700 char c; 2701 char *save_s = *s; 2702 int nullify = 0; 2703 2704 cmpltr = 0; 2705 if (**s == ',') 2706 { 2707 *s += 1; 2708 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2709 *s += 1; 2710 c = **s; 2711 **s = 0x00; 2712 2713 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 2714 { 2715 cmpltr = 0; 2716 } 2717 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 2718 { 2719 cmpltr = 1; 2720 } 2721 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 2722 { 2723 cmpltr = 2; 2724 } 2725 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 2726 { 2727 cmpltr = 3; 2728 } 2729 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 2730 { 2731 cmpltr = 4; 2732 } 2733 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0) 2734 { 2735 cmpltr = 5; 2736 } 2737 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 2738 { 2739 cmpltr = 6; 2740 } 2741 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 2742 { 2743 cmpltr = 7; 2744 } 2745 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2746 completer. */ 2747 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2748 { 2749 cmpltr = 0; 2750 nullify = 1; 2751 } 2752 else 2753 { 2754 cmpltr = -1; 2755 } 2756 **s = c; 2757 } 2758 2759 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2760 if (nullify) 2761 *s = save_s; 2762 2763 return cmpltr; 2764 } 2765 2766 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for 2767 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. 2768 2769 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are 2770 returned as 8-15. */ 2771 2772 static int 2773 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2774 { 2775 int cmpltr; 2776 char *name = *s + 1; 2777 char c; 2778 2779 cmpltr = -1; 2780 if (**s == ',') 2781 { 2782 *s += 1; 2783 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2784 *s += 1; 2785 c = **s; 2786 **s = 0x00; 2787 2788 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) 2789 { 2790 cmpltr = 0; 2791 } 2792 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2793 { 2794 cmpltr = 1; 2795 } 2796 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2797 { 2798 cmpltr = 2; 2799 } 2800 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2801 { 2802 cmpltr = 3; 2803 } 2804 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2805 { 2806 cmpltr = 4; 2807 } 2808 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0) 2809 { 2810 cmpltr = 5; 2811 } 2812 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0) 2813 { 2814 cmpltr = 6; 2815 } 2816 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0) 2817 { 2818 cmpltr = 7; 2819 } 2820 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0) 2821 { 2822 cmpltr = 8; 2823 } 2824 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2825 { 2826 cmpltr = 9; 2827 } 2828 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2829 { 2830 cmpltr = 10; 2831 } 2832 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2833 { 2834 cmpltr = 11; 2835 } 2836 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2837 { 2838 cmpltr = 12; 2839 } 2840 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0) 2841 { 2842 cmpltr = 13; 2843 } 2844 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0) 2845 { 2846 cmpltr = 14; 2847 } 2848 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0) 2849 { 2850 cmpltr = 15; 2851 } 2852 else 2853 { 2854 cmpltr = -1; 2855 } 2856 **s = c; 2857 } 2858 2859 return cmpltr; 2860 } 2861 2862 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number 2863 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2864 2865 static int 2866 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2867 { 2868 int cmpltr; 2869 char *name = *s + 1; 2870 char c; 2871 2872 cmpltr = -1; 2873 if (**s == ',') 2874 { 2875 *s += 1; 2876 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2877 *s += 1; 2878 c = **s; 2879 **s = 0x00; 2880 2881 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2882 { 2883 cmpltr = 0; 2884 } 2885 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2886 { 2887 cmpltr = 1; 2888 } 2889 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2890 { 2891 cmpltr = 2; 2892 } 2893 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2894 { 2895 cmpltr = 3; 2896 } 2897 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2898 { 2899 cmpltr = 4; 2900 } 2901 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2902 { 2903 cmpltr = 5; 2904 } 2905 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2906 { 2907 cmpltr = 6; 2908 } 2909 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2910 { 2911 cmpltr = 7; 2912 } 2913 else 2914 { 2915 cmpltr = -1; 2916 } 2917 **s = c; 2918 } 2919 2920 return cmpltr; 2921 } 2922 2923 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number 2924 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2925 2926 static int 2927 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2928 { 2929 int cmpltr; 2930 char *name = *s + 1; 2931 char c; 2932 char *save_s = *s; 2933 int nullify = 0; 2934 2935 cmpltr = 0; 2936 if (**s == ',') 2937 { 2938 *s += 1; 2939 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2940 *s += 1; 2941 c = **s; 2942 **s = 0x00; 2943 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2944 { 2945 cmpltr = 1; 2946 } 2947 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2948 { 2949 cmpltr = 2; 2950 } 2951 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2952 { 2953 cmpltr = 3; 2954 } 2955 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 2956 { 2957 cmpltr = 4; 2958 } 2959 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 2960 { 2961 cmpltr = 5; 2962 } 2963 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2964 { 2965 cmpltr = 6; 2966 } 2967 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2968 { 2969 cmpltr = 7; 2970 } 2971 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2972 completer. */ 2973 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2974 { 2975 cmpltr = 0; 2976 nullify = 1; 2977 } 2978 else 2979 { 2980 cmpltr = -1; 2981 } 2982 **s = c; 2983 } 2984 2985 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2986 if (nullify) 2987 *s = save_s; 2988 2989 return cmpltr; 2990 } 2991 2992 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number 2993 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2994 2995 static int 2996 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2997 { 2998 int cmpltr; 2999 char *name = *s + 1; 3000 char c; 3001 char *save_s = *s; 3002 int nullify = 0; 3003 3004 cmpltr = 0; 3005 if (**s == ',') 3006 { 3007 *s += 1; 3008 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3009 *s += 1; 3010 c = **s; 3011 **s = 0x00; 3012 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3013 { 3014 cmpltr = 0; 3015 } 3016 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3017 { 3018 cmpltr = 1; 3019 } 3020 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3021 { 3022 cmpltr = 2; 3023 } 3024 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3025 { 3026 cmpltr = 3; 3027 } 3028 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3029 { 3030 cmpltr = 4; 3031 } 3032 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 3033 { 3034 cmpltr = 5; 3035 } 3036 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 3037 { 3038 cmpltr = 6; 3039 } 3040 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 3041 { 3042 cmpltr = 7; 3043 } 3044 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3045 completer. */ 3046 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3047 { 3048 cmpltr = 0; 3049 nullify = 1; 3050 } 3051 else 3052 { 3053 cmpltr = -1; 3054 } 3055 **s = c; 3056 } 3057 3058 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3059 if (nullify) 3060 *s = save_s; 3061 3062 return cmpltr; 3063 } 3064 3065 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for 3066 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3067 3068 static int 3069 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 3070 { 3071 int cmpltr; 3072 char *name = *s + 1; 3073 char c; 3074 char *save_s = *s; 3075 int nullify = 0; 3076 3077 cmpltr = 0; 3078 if (**s == ',') 3079 { 3080 *s += 1; 3081 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3082 *s += 1; 3083 c = **s; 3084 **s = 0x00; 3085 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3086 { 3087 cmpltr = 1; 3088 } 3089 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3090 { 3091 cmpltr = 2; 3092 } 3093 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3094 { 3095 cmpltr = 3; 3096 } 3097 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3098 { 3099 cmpltr = 4; 3100 } 3101 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0) 3102 { 3103 cmpltr = 5; 3104 } 3105 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0) 3106 { 3107 cmpltr = 6; 3108 } 3109 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 3110 { 3111 cmpltr = 7; 3112 } 3113 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3114 { 3115 cmpltr = 8; 3116 } 3117 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3118 { 3119 cmpltr = 9; 3120 } 3121 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3122 { 3123 cmpltr = 10; 3124 } 3125 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3126 { 3127 cmpltr = 11; 3128 } 3129 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3130 { 3131 cmpltr = 12; 3132 } 3133 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 3134 { 3135 cmpltr = 13; 3136 } 3137 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 3138 { 3139 cmpltr = 14; 3140 } 3141 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 3142 { 3143 cmpltr = 15; 3144 } 3145 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3146 completer. */ 3147 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3148 { 3149 cmpltr = 0; 3150 nullify = 1; 3151 } 3152 else 3153 { 3154 cmpltr = -1; 3155 } 3156 **s = c; 3157 } 3158 3159 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3160 if (nullify) 3161 *s = save_s; 3162 3163 return cmpltr; 3164 } 3165 3166 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results 3167 into the global "the_insn" variable. */ 3168 3169 static void 3170 pa_ip (char *str) 3171 { 3172 const char *error_message = ""; 3173 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s; 3174 const char *args; 3175 int match = FALSE; 3176 int comma = 0; 3177 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num; 3178 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1; 3179 unsigned long opcode; 3180 struct pa_opcode *insn; 3181 3182 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 3183 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 3184 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 3185 #endif 3186 3187 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower 3188 case. */ 3189 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++) 3190 *s = TOLOWER (*s); 3191 3192 /* Skip to something interesting. */ 3193 for (s = str; 3194 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); 3195 ++s) 3196 ; 3197 3198 switch (*s) 3199 { 3200 3201 case '\0': 3202 break; 3203 3204 case ',': 3205 comma = 1; 3206 3207 /*FALLTHROUGH */ 3208 3209 case ' ': 3210 *s++ = '\0'; 3211 break; 3212 3213 default: 3214 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3215 return; 3216 } 3217 3218 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ 3219 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL) 3220 { 3221 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3222 return; 3223 } 3224 3225 if (comma) 3226 *--s = ','; 3227 3228 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then 3229 start processing them. */ 3230 argstart = s; 3231 for (;;) 3232 { 3233 /* Do some initialization. */ 3234 opcode = insn->match; 3235 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT); 3236 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn)); 3237 need_cond = 1; 3238 3239 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE; 3240 3241 if (insn->arch >= pa20 3242 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch) 3243 goto failed; 3244 3245 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make 3246 sure that the operands match. */ 3247 for (args = insn->args;; ++args) 3248 { 3249 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */ 3250 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3251 s++; 3252 3253 switch (*args) 3254 { 3255 /* End of arguments. */ 3256 case '\0': 3257 if (*s == '\0') 3258 match = TRUE; 3259 break; 3260 3261 case '+': 3262 if (*s == '+') 3263 { 3264 ++s; 3265 continue; 3266 } 3267 if (*s == '-') 3268 continue; 3269 break; 3270 3271 /* These must match exactly. */ 3272 case '(': 3273 case ')': 3274 case ',': 3275 case ' ': 3276 if (*s++ == *args) 3277 continue; 3278 break; 3279 3280 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */ 3281 case 'b': 3282 case '^': 3283 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3284 break; 3285 num = pa_number; 3286 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3287 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3288 3289 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it 3290 is there. */ 3291 case '!': 3292 /* Skip whitespace before register. */ 3293 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3294 s = s + 1; 3295 3296 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4)) 3297 { 3298 s += 4; 3299 continue; 3300 } 3301 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5)) 3302 { 3303 s += 5; 3304 continue; 3305 } 3306 break; 3307 3308 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */ 3309 case 'x': 3310 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3311 break; 3312 num = pa_number; 3313 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3314 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3315 3316 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */ 3317 case 't': 3318 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3319 break; 3320 num = pa_number; 3321 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3322 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3323 3324 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */ 3325 case 'a': 3326 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3327 break; 3328 num = pa_number; 3329 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3330 opcode |= num << 16; 3331 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3332 3333 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */ 3334 case 'T': 3335 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3336 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3337 break; 3338 s = expr_end; 3339 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0); 3340 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 3341 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0); 3342 3343 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3344 case '5': 3345 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3346 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3347 break; 3348 s = expr_end; 3349 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3350 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3351 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3352 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3353 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3354 3355 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3356 case 'V': 3357 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3358 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3359 break; 3360 s = expr_end; 3361 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3362 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3363 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3364 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3365 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3366 3367 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3368 case 'r': 3369 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3370 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3371 break; 3372 s = expr_end; 3373 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3374 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3375 3376 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3377 case 'R': 3378 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3379 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3380 break; 3381 s = expr_end; 3382 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3383 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3384 3385 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */ 3386 case 'U': 3387 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3388 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3389 break; 3390 s = expr_end; 3391 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 3392 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3393 3394 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */ 3395 case 's': 3396 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3397 break; 3398 num = pa_number; 3399 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1); 3400 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14); 3401 3402 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */ 3403 case 'S': 3404 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3405 break; 3406 num = pa_number; 3407 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1); 3408 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num); 3409 continue; 3410 3411 /* Handle all completers. */ 3412 case 'c': 3413 switch (*++args) 3414 { 3415 3416 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */ 3417 case 'X': 3418 case 'x': 3419 { 3420 int uu = 0; 3421 int m = 0; 3422 int i = 0; 3423 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3424 { 3425 s++; 3426 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0) 3427 { 3428 uu = 1; 3429 m = 1; 3430 s++; 3431 i++; 3432 } 3433 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3434 m = 1; 3435 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0) 3436 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0)) 3437 uu = 1; 3438 else if (strict) 3439 { 3440 /* This is a match failure. */ 3441 s--; 3442 break; 3443 } 3444 else 3445 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.")); 3446 s++; 3447 i++; 3448 } 3449 if (i > 2) 3450 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.")); 3451 opcode |= m << 5; 3452 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13); 3453 } 3454 3455 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */ 3456 case 'M': 3457 case 'm': 3458 case 'q': 3459 case 'J': 3460 case 'e': 3461 { 3462 int a = 0; 3463 int m = 0; 3464 if (*s == ',') 3465 { 3466 s++; 3467 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0) 3468 { 3469 a = 0; 3470 m = 1; 3471 s += 2; 3472 } 3473 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0) 3474 { 3475 a = 1; 3476 m = 1; 3477 s += 2; 3478 } 3479 else if (strict) 3480 /* This is a match failure. */ 3481 s--; 3482 else 3483 { 3484 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.")); 3485 s += 2; 3486 } 3487 } 3488 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not 3489 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */ 3490 else if (*args == 'e') 3491 break; 3492 3493 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they 3494 encode the before/after field. */ 3495 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M') 3496 { 3497 opcode |= m << 5; 3498 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3499 } 3500 else if (*args == 'q') 3501 { 3502 opcode |= m << 3; 3503 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3504 } 3505 else if (*args == 'J') 3506 { 3507 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */ 3508 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3509 } 3510 else if (*args == 'e') 3511 { 3512 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the 3513 instruction. We will use (and remove it) 3514 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */ 3515 opcode |= a; 3516 continue; 3517 } 3518 } 3519 3520 /* Handle a stbys completer. */ 3521 case 'A': 3522 case 's': 3523 { 3524 int a = 0; 3525 int m = 0; 3526 int i = 0; 3527 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3528 { 3529 s++; 3530 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3531 m = 1; 3532 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0) 3533 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0)) 3534 a = 0; 3535 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0) 3536 a = 1; 3537 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */ 3538 else if (strict) 3539 { 3540 s--; 3541 break; 3542 } 3543 else 3544 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3545 s++; 3546 i++; 3547 } 3548 if (i > 2) 3549 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3550 opcode |= m << 5; 3551 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3552 } 3553 3554 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */ 3555 case 'c': 3556 cmpltr = 0; 3557 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3558 { 3559 s += 3; 3560 cmpltr = 2; 3561 } 3562 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3563 3564 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */ 3565 case 'C': 3566 cmpltr = 0; 3567 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3568 { 3569 s += 3; 3570 cmpltr = 2; 3571 } 3572 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3)) 3573 { 3574 s += 3; 3575 cmpltr = 1; 3576 } 3577 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3578 3579 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */ 3580 case 'd': 3581 cmpltr = 0; 3582 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3)) 3583 { 3584 s += 3; 3585 cmpltr = 1; 3586 } 3587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3588 3589 /* Handle load ordering completer. */ 3590 case 'o': 3591 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0) 3592 break; 3593 s += 2; 3594 continue; 3595 3596 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */ 3597 case 'g': 3598 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0) 3599 break; 3600 s += 5; 3601 continue; 3602 3603 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */ 3604 case 'p': 3605 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0) 3606 break; 3607 s += 7; 3608 continue; 3609 3610 /* Handle a branch link completer. */ 3611 case 'l': 3612 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3613 break; 3614 s += 2; 3615 continue; 3616 3617 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */ 3618 case 'P': 3619 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0) 3620 break; 3621 s += 4; 3622 continue; 3623 3624 /* Handle a local processor completer. */ 3625 case 'L': 3626 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3627 break; 3628 s += 2; 3629 continue; 3630 3631 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */ 3632 case 'w': 3633 flag = 0; 3634 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2)) 3635 { 3636 flag = 1; 3637 s += 2; 3638 } 3639 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3640 { 3641 flag = 0; 3642 s += 2; 3643 } 3644 3645 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3646 3647 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */ 3648 case 'W': 3649 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0) 3650 break; 3651 s += 2; 3652 continue; 3653 3654 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */ 3655 case 'r': 3656 flag = 0; 3657 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3658 { 3659 flag = 5; 3660 s += 2; 3661 } 3662 3663 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3664 3665 /* Handle a system control completer. */ 3666 case 'Z': 3667 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M')) 3668 { 3669 flag = 1; 3670 s += 2; 3671 } 3672 else 3673 flag = 0; 3674 3675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3676 3677 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */ 3678 case 'i': 3679 flag = 0; 3680 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2)) 3681 { 3682 flag = 1; 3683 s += 2; 3684 } 3685 3686 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3687 3688 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */ 3689 case 'z': 3690 flag = 1; 3691 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2)) 3692 { 3693 flag = 0; 3694 s += 2; 3695 } 3696 3697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3698 3699 /* Handle add completer. */ 3700 case 'a': 3701 flag = 1; 3702 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2)) 3703 { 3704 flag = 2; 3705 s += 2; 3706 } 3707 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3708 { 3709 flag = 3; 3710 s += 4; 3711 } 3712 3713 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3714 3715 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */ 3716 case 'Y': 3717 flag = 0; 3718 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) || 3719 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7)) 3720 { 3721 flag = 1; 3722 s += 7; 3723 } 3724 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3)) 3725 { 3726 flag = 0; 3727 s += 3; 3728 } 3729 else 3730 break; 3731 3732 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */ 3733 need_cond = 0; 3734 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3735 3736 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */ 3737 case 'y': 3738 flag = 0; 3739 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) || 3740 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6)) 3741 { 3742 flag = 1; 3743 s += 6; 3744 } 3745 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2)) 3746 { 3747 flag = 0; 3748 s += 2; 3749 } 3750 else 3751 break; 3752 3753 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3754 3755 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */ 3756 case 'v': 3757 flag = 0; 3758 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3759 { 3760 flag = 1; 3761 s += 4; 3762 } 3763 3764 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3765 3766 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */ 3767 case 't': 3768 flag = 0; 3769 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) || 3770 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7)) 3771 { 3772 flag = 1; 3773 s += 7; 3774 } 3775 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3776 { 3777 flag = 0; 3778 s += 3; 3779 } 3780 else 3781 break; 3782 3783 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3784 3785 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3786 case 'B': 3787 flag = 0; 3788 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) || 3789 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7)) 3790 { 3791 flag = 1; 3792 s += 7; 3793 } 3794 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3)) 3795 { 3796 flag = 0; 3797 s += 3; 3798 } 3799 else 3800 break; 3801 3802 /* Condition is not required with "db". */ 3803 need_cond = 0; 3804 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3805 3806 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3807 case 'b': 3808 flag = 0; 3809 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) || 3810 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6)) 3811 { 3812 flag = 1; 3813 s += 6; 3814 } 3815 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2)) 3816 { 3817 flag = 0; 3818 s += 2; 3819 } 3820 else 3821 break; 3822 3823 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3824 3825 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */ 3826 case 'T': 3827 flag = 0; 3828 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3829 { 3830 flag = 1; 3831 s += 3; 3832 } 3833 3834 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3835 3836 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */ 3837 case 'S': 3838 { 3839 int sign = 1; 3840 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0) 3841 { 3842 sign = 1; 3843 s += 2; 3844 } 3845 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0) 3846 { 3847 sign = 0; 3848 s += 2; 3849 } 3850 3851 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10); 3852 } 3853 3854 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */ 3855 case 'h': 3856 if (*s++ == ',') 3857 { 3858 int lr = 0; 3859 if (*s == 'r') 3860 lr = 2; 3861 else if (*s == 'l') 3862 lr = 0; 3863 else 3864 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3865 3866 s++; 3867 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13); 3868 } 3869 else 3870 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3871 break; 3872 3873 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */ 3874 case 'H': 3875 { 3876 int sat = 3; 3877 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0) 3878 { 3879 sat = 1; 3880 s += 3; 3881 } 3882 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0) 3883 { 3884 sat = 0; 3885 s += 3; 3886 } 3887 3888 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6); 3889 } 3890 3891 /* Handle permutation completer. */ 3892 case '*': 3893 if (*s++ == ',') 3894 { 3895 int permloc[4]; 3896 int perm = 0; 3897 int i = 0; 3898 permloc[0] = 13; 3899 permloc[1] = 10; 3900 permloc[2] = 8; 3901 permloc[3] = 6; 3902 for (; i < 4; i++) 3903 { 3904 switch (*s++) 3905 { 3906 case '0': 3907 perm = 0; 3908 break; 3909 case '1': 3910 perm = 1; 3911 break; 3912 case '2': 3913 perm = 2; 3914 break; 3915 case '3': 3916 perm = 3; 3917 break; 3918 default: 3919 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3920 } 3921 opcode |= perm << permloc[i]; 3922 } 3923 continue; 3924 } 3925 else 3926 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3927 break; 3928 3929 default: 3930 abort (); 3931 } 3932 break; 3933 3934 /* Handle all conditions. */ 3935 case '?': 3936 { 3937 args++; 3938 switch (*args) 3939 { 3940 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */ 3941 case 'f': 3942 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s); 3943 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0); 3944 3945 /* Handle an add condition. */ 3946 case 'A': 3947 case 'a': 3948 cmpltr = 0; 3949 flag = 0; 3950 if (*s == ',') 3951 { 3952 s++; 3953 3954 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 3955 if (*args == 'A') 3956 { 3957 if (*s == '*') 3958 s++; 3959 else 3960 break; 3961 } 3962 else if (*s == '*') 3963 break; 3964 3965 name = s; 3966 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 3967 s += 1; 3968 c = *s; 3969 *s = 0x00; 3970 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3971 cmpltr = 1; 3972 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3973 cmpltr = 2; 3974 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3975 cmpltr = 3; 3976 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3977 cmpltr = 4; 3978 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 3979 cmpltr = 5; 3980 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 3981 cmpltr = 6; 3982 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 3983 cmpltr = 7; 3984 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3985 { 3986 cmpltr = 0; 3987 flag = 1; 3988 } 3989 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3990 { 3991 cmpltr = 1; 3992 flag = 1; 3993 } 3994 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3995 { 3996 cmpltr = 2; 3997 flag = 1; 3998 } 3999 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4000 { 4001 cmpltr = 3; 4002 flag = 1; 4003 } 4004 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 4005 { 4006 cmpltr = 4; 4007 flag = 1; 4008 } 4009 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 4010 { 4011 cmpltr = 5; 4012 flag = 1; 4013 } 4014 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4015 { 4016 cmpltr = 6; 4017 flag = 1; 4018 } 4019 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4020 { 4021 cmpltr = 7; 4022 flag = 1; 4023 } 4024 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4025 else if (*args == 'a' || *name) 4026 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name); 4027 *s = c; 4028 } 4029 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with 4030 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4031 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond) 4032 break; 4033 4034 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4035 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4036 4037 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */ 4038 case 'd': 4039 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4040 if (cmpltr < 0) 4041 { 4042 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4043 cmpltr = 0; 4044 } 4045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4046 4047 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */ 4048 case 'W': 4049 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4050 if (cmpltr < 0) 4051 { 4052 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4053 cmpltr = 0; 4054 } 4055 else 4056 { 4057 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4058 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24; 4059 } 4060 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4061 4062 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch 4063 condition. */ 4064 case '@': 4065 save_s = s; 4066 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4067 if (cmpltr < 0) 4068 { 4069 s = save_s; 4070 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4071 if (cmpltr < 0) 4072 { 4073 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4074 cmpltr = 0; 4075 } 4076 else 4077 { 4078 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4079 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4080 } 4081 } 4082 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4083 4084 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */ 4085 case 'B': 4086 case 'b': 4087 cmpltr = 0; 4088 if (*s == ',') 4089 { 4090 s++; 4091 4092 if (*args == 'B') 4093 { 4094 if (*s == '*') 4095 s++; 4096 else 4097 break; 4098 } 4099 else if (*s == '*') 4100 break; 4101 4102 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0) 4103 { 4104 cmpltr = 0; 4105 s++; 4106 } 4107 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0) 4108 { 4109 cmpltr = 1; 4110 s += 2; 4111 } 4112 else 4113 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s); 4114 } 4115 else 4116 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition")); 4117 4118 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15); 4119 4120 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */ 4121 case 'S': 4122 case 's': 4123 cmpltr = 0; 4124 flag = 0; 4125 if (*s == ',') 4126 { 4127 s++; 4128 4129 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4130 if (*args == 'S') 4131 { 4132 if (*s == '*') 4133 s++; 4134 else 4135 break; 4136 } 4137 else if (*s == '*') 4138 break; 4139 4140 name = s; 4141 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4142 s += 1; 4143 c = *s; 4144 *s = 0x00; 4145 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4146 cmpltr = 1; 4147 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4148 cmpltr = 2; 4149 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4150 cmpltr = 3; 4151 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0) 4152 cmpltr = 4; 4153 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 4154 cmpltr = 5; 4155 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4156 cmpltr = 6; 4157 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4158 cmpltr = 7; 4159 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4160 { 4161 cmpltr = 0; 4162 flag = 1; 4163 } 4164 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4165 { 4166 cmpltr = 1; 4167 flag = 1; 4168 } 4169 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4170 { 4171 cmpltr = 2; 4172 flag = 1; 4173 } 4174 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4175 { 4176 cmpltr = 3; 4177 flag = 1; 4178 } 4179 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 4180 { 4181 cmpltr = 4; 4182 flag = 1; 4183 } 4184 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0) 4185 { 4186 cmpltr = 5; 4187 flag = 1; 4188 } 4189 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4190 { 4191 cmpltr = 6; 4192 flag = 1; 4193 } 4194 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4195 { 4196 cmpltr = 7; 4197 flag = 1; 4198 } 4199 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4200 else if (*args != 'S' || *name) 4201 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"), 4202 name); 4203 *s = c; 4204 } 4205 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with 4206 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4207 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond) 4208 break; 4209 4210 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4211 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4212 4213 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */ 4214 case 't': 4215 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4216 if (cmpltr < 0) 4217 { 4218 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4219 cmpltr = 0; 4220 } 4221 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4222 4223 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4224 case 'n': 4225 save_s = s; 4226 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4227 if (cmpltr < 0) 4228 { 4229 s = save_s; 4230 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4231 if (cmpltr < 0) 4232 { 4233 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition")); 4234 cmpltr = 0; 4235 } 4236 else 4237 { 4238 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4239 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4240 } 4241 } 4242 4243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4244 4245 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4246 case 'N': 4247 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4248 if (cmpltr >= 0) 4249 { 4250 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4251 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26; 4252 } 4253 else 4254 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4255 break; 4256 4257 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4258 4259 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */ 4260 case 'Q': 4261 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s); 4262 if (cmpltr < 0) 4263 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4264 break; 4265 4266 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4267 4268 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */ 4269 case 'L': 4270 case 'l': 4271 cmpltr = 0; 4272 flag = 0; 4273 if (*s == ',') 4274 { 4275 s++; 4276 4277 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4278 if (*args == 'L') 4279 { 4280 if (*s == '*') 4281 s++; 4282 else 4283 break; 4284 } 4285 else if (*s == '*') 4286 break; 4287 4288 name = s; 4289 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4290 s += 1; 4291 c = *s; 4292 *s = 0x00; 4293 4294 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4295 cmpltr = 1; 4296 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4297 cmpltr = 2; 4298 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4299 cmpltr = 3; 4300 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4301 cmpltr = 7; 4302 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4303 { 4304 cmpltr = 0; 4305 flag = 1; 4306 } 4307 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4308 { 4309 cmpltr = 1; 4310 flag = 1; 4311 } 4312 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4313 { 4314 cmpltr = 2; 4315 flag = 1; 4316 } 4317 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4318 { 4319 cmpltr = 3; 4320 flag = 1; 4321 } 4322 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4323 { 4324 cmpltr = 7; 4325 flag = 1; 4326 } 4327 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4328 else if (*args != 'L' || *name) 4329 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.")); 4330 *s = c; 4331 } 4332 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4333 else if (*args == 'L') 4334 break; 4335 4336 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4337 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4338 4339 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */ 4340 case 'X': 4341 case 'x': 4342 case 'y': 4343 cmpltr = 0; 4344 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit 4345 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */ 4346 immediate_check = 1; 4347 if (*s == ',') 4348 { 4349 save_s = s++; 4350 4351 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4352 if (*args == 'X') 4353 { 4354 if (*s == '*') 4355 s++; 4356 else 4357 break; 4358 } 4359 else if (*s == '*') 4360 break; 4361 4362 name = s; 4363 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4364 s += 1; 4365 c = *s; 4366 *s = 0x00; 4367 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4368 cmpltr = 1; 4369 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4370 cmpltr = 2; 4371 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4372 cmpltr = 3; 4373 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4374 cmpltr = 4; 4375 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4376 cmpltr = 5; 4377 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4378 cmpltr = 6; 4379 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4380 cmpltr = 7; 4381 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were. 4382 This includes moving s back to where it started. */ 4383 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y') 4384 { 4385 *s = c; 4386 s = save_s; 4387 continue; 4388 } 4389 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4390 else if (*args != 'X' || *name) 4391 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.")); 4392 *s = c; 4393 } 4394 4395 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4396 4397 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */ 4398 case 'U': 4399 case 'u': 4400 cmpltr = 0; 4401 flag = 0; 4402 if (*s == ',') 4403 { 4404 int uxor; 4405 s++; 4406 4407 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4408 if (*args == 'U') 4409 { 4410 if (*s == '*') 4411 s++; 4412 else 4413 break; 4414 } 4415 else if (*s == '*') 4416 break; 4417 4418 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions 4419 not involving carries. */ 4420 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380; 4421 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0) 4422 { 4423 cmpltr = 2; 4424 s += 3; 4425 } 4426 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0) 4427 { 4428 cmpltr = 3; 4429 s += 3; 4430 } 4431 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0) 4432 { 4433 cmpltr = 4; 4434 s += 3; 4435 } 4436 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0) 4437 { 4438 cmpltr = 6; 4439 s += 3; 4440 } 4441 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0) 4442 { 4443 cmpltr = 7; 4444 s += 3; 4445 } 4446 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0) 4447 { 4448 cmpltr = 0; 4449 flag = 1; 4450 s += 2; 4451 } 4452 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0) 4453 { 4454 cmpltr = 2; 4455 flag = 1; 4456 s += 3; 4457 } 4458 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0) 4459 { 4460 cmpltr = 3; 4461 flag = 1; 4462 s += 3; 4463 } 4464 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0) 4465 { 4466 cmpltr = 4; 4467 flag = 1; 4468 s += 3; 4469 } 4470 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0) 4471 { 4472 cmpltr = 6; 4473 flag = 1; 4474 s += 3; 4475 } 4476 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0) 4477 { 4478 cmpltr = 7; 4479 flag = 1; 4480 s += 3; 4481 } 4482 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0) 4483 { 4484 cmpltr = 1; 4485 flag = 0; 4486 s += 3; 4487 } 4488 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0) 4489 { 4490 cmpltr = 5; 4491 flag = 0; 4492 s += 3; 4493 } 4494 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0) 4495 { 4496 cmpltr = 1; 4497 flag = 1; 4498 s += 3; 4499 } 4500 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0) 4501 { 4502 cmpltr = 5; 4503 flag = 1; 4504 s += 3; 4505 } 4506 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4507 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t')) 4508 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition.")); 4509 } 4510 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4511 else if (*args == 'U') 4512 break; 4513 4514 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4515 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4516 4517 default: 4518 abort (); 4519 } 4520 break; 4521 } 4522 4523 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */ 4524 case 'n': 4525 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4526 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1); 4527 4528 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */ 4529 case 'N': 4530 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4531 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5); 4532 4533 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */ 4534 case 'L': 4535 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0) 4536 s += 4; 4537 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0) 4538 s += 4; 4539 else 4540 break; 4541 continue; 4542 4543 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4544 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4545 case 'h': 4546 get_expression (s); 4547 s = expr_end; 4548 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4549 { 4550 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4551 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4552 num++; 4553 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4554 } 4555 else 4556 break; 4557 4558 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4559 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4560 case 'm': 4561 get_expression (s); 4562 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4563 { 4564 s = expr_end; 4565 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4566 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4567 num = (num + 1) ^ 1; 4568 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4569 } 4570 else 4571 break; 4572 4573 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */ 4574 case '=': 4575 { 4576 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s); 4577 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4578 } 4579 4580 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */ 4581 case 'i': 4582 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4583 get_expression (s); 4584 s = expr_end; 4585 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4586 { 4587 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4588 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0); 4589 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11); 4590 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4591 } 4592 else 4593 { 4594 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4595 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4596 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4597 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4598 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4599 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4600 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4601 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4602 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4603 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4604 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4605 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4606 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4607 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4608 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4609 #endif 4610 else 4611 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4612 the_insn.format = 11; 4613 continue; 4614 } 4615 4616 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4617 case 'J': 4618 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4619 get_expression (s); 4620 s = expr_end; 4621 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4622 { 4623 int mb; 4624 4625 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information 4626 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this. 4627 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be 4628 good to rethink this. */ 4629 mb = opcode & 1; 4630 opcode -= mb; 4631 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4632 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4633 break; 4634 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4635 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4636 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4637 } 4638 break; 4639 4640 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4641 case 'K': 4642 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4643 get_expression (s); 4644 s = expr_end; 4645 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4646 { 4647 int mb; 4648 4649 mb = opcode & 1; 4650 opcode -= mb; 4651 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4652 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4653 break; 4654 if (num % 4) 4655 break; 4656 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4657 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4658 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4659 } 4660 break; 4661 4662 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4663 case '<': 4664 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4665 get_expression (s); 4666 s = expr_end; 4667 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4668 { 4669 int mb; 4670 4671 mb = opcode & 1; 4672 opcode -= mb; 4673 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4674 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4675 break; 4676 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4677 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4678 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4679 } 4680 break; 4681 4682 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4683 case '>': 4684 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4685 get_expression (s); 4686 s = expr_end; 4687 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4688 { 4689 int mb; 4690 4691 mb = opcode & 1; 4692 opcode -= mb; 4693 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4694 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4695 break; 4696 if (num % 4) 4697 break; 4698 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4699 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4700 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4701 } 4702 break; 4703 4704 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */ 4705 case '#': 4706 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20) 4707 break; 4708 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4709 get_expression (s); 4710 s = expr_end; 4711 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4712 { 4713 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4714 if (num & 0x7) 4715 break; 4716 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4717 if (num < 0) 4718 opcode |= 1; 4719 num &= 0x1fff; 4720 num >>= 3; 4721 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4); 4722 } 4723 else 4724 { 4725 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4726 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4727 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4728 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4729 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4730 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4731 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4732 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4733 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4734 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4735 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4736 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4737 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4738 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4739 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4740 #endif 4741 else 4742 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4743 the_insn.format = 14; 4744 continue; 4745 } 4746 break; 4747 4748 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */ 4749 case 'd': 4750 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4751 get_expression (s); 4752 s = expr_end; 4753 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4754 { 4755 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4756 if (num & 0x3) 4757 break; 4758 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4759 if (num < 0) 4760 opcode |= 1; 4761 num &= 0x1fff; 4762 num >>= 2; 4763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 4764 } 4765 else 4766 { 4767 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4768 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4769 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4770 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4771 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4772 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4773 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4774 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4775 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4776 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4777 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4778 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4779 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4780 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4781 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4782 #endif 4783 else 4784 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4785 the_insn.format = 14; 4786 continue; 4787 } 4788 4789 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4790 case 'j': 4791 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4792 get_expression (s); 4793 s = expr_end; 4794 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4795 { 4796 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4797 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4798 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4799 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4800 } 4801 else 4802 { 4803 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4804 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4805 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4806 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4807 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4808 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4809 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4810 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4811 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4812 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4813 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4814 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4815 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4816 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4817 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4818 #endif 4819 else 4820 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4821 the_insn.format = 14; 4822 continue; 4823 } 4824 4825 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */ 4826 case 'k': 4827 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4828 get_expression (s); 4829 s = expr_end; 4830 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4831 { 4832 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4833 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0); 4834 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num); 4835 continue; 4836 } 4837 else 4838 { 4839 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4840 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4841 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4842 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4843 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4844 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4845 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4846 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4847 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4848 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4849 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4850 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4851 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4852 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4853 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4854 #endif 4855 else 4856 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4857 the_insn.format = 21; 4858 continue; 4859 } 4860 4861 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */ 4862 case 'l': 4863 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4864 get_expression (s); 4865 s = expr_end; 4866 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4867 { 4868 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4869 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4870 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4871 continue; 4872 } 4873 else 4874 { 4875 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4876 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4877 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4878 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4879 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4880 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4881 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4882 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4883 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4884 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4885 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4886 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4887 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4888 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4889 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4890 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4891 #endif 4892 else 4893 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4894 the_insn.format = 14; 4895 continue; 4896 } 4897 4898 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4899 case 'y': 4900 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4901 get_expression (s); 4902 s = expr_end; 4903 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4904 { 4905 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4906 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4907 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0); 4908 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4909 continue; 4910 } 4911 else 4912 { 4913 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4914 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4915 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4916 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4917 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4918 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4919 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4920 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4921 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4922 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4923 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4924 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4925 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4926 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4927 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4928 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4929 #endif 4930 else 4931 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4932 the_insn.format = 14; 4933 continue; 4934 } 4935 4936 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4937 case '&': 4938 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4939 get_expression (s); 4940 s = expr_end; 4941 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4942 { 4943 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4944 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4945 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0); 4946 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4947 continue; 4948 } 4949 else 4950 { 4951 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4952 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4953 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4954 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4955 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4956 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4957 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4958 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4959 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4960 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4961 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4962 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4963 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4964 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4965 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4966 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4967 #endif 4968 else 4969 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4970 the_insn.format = 14; 4971 continue; 4972 } 4973 4974 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */ 4975 case 'w': 4976 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4977 get_expression (s); 4978 s = expr_end; 4979 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 4980 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 4981 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 4982 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 4983 { 4984 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4985 if (num % 4) 4986 { 4987 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 4988 break; 4989 } 4990 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 4991 num -= 8; 4992 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4993 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2); 4994 continue; 4995 } 4996 else 4997 { 4998 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4999 the_insn.format = 12; 5000 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5001 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5002 s = expr_end; 5003 continue; 5004 } 5005 5006 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */ 5007 case 'W': 5008 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5009 get_expression (s); 5010 s = expr_end; 5011 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5012 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5013 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5014 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5015 { 5016 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5017 if (num % 4) 5018 { 5019 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5020 break; 5021 } 5022 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5023 num -= 8; 5024 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5025 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5026 continue; 5027 } 5028 else 5029 { 5030 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5031 the_insn.format = 17; 5032 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5033 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5034 continue; 5035 } 5036 5037 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */ 5038 case 'X': 5039 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5040 get_expression (s); 5041 s = expr_end; 5042 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5043 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5044 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5045 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5046 { 5047 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5048 if (num % 4) 5049 { 5050 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5051 break; 5052 } 5053 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5054 num -= 8; 5055 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0); 5056 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2); 5057 } 5058 else 5059 { 5060 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5061 the_insn.format = 22; 5062 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5063 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5064 continue; 5065 } 5066 5067 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */ 5068 case 'z': 5069 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5070 get_expression (s); 5071 s = expr_end; 5072 the_insn.pcrel = 0; 5073 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5074 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5075 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5076 { 5077 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5078 if (num % 4) 5079 { 5080 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5081 break; 5082 } 5083 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5084 num -= 8; 5085 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5086 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5087 continue; 5088 } 5089 else 5090 { 5091 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL; 5092 the_insn.format = 17; 5093 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5094 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5095 continue; 5096 } 5097 5098 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */ 5099 case 'Z': 5100 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1' 5101 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R')) 5102 { 5103 s += 4; 5104 continue; 5105 } 5106 else 5107 break; 5108 5109 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */ 5110 case 'Y': 5111 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0) 5112 break; 5113 s += 9; 5114 continue; 5115 5116 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */ 5117 case '@': 5118 if (*s != '0') 5119 break; 5120 s++; 5121 continue; 5122 5123 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */ 5124 case '.': 5125 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5126 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5127 break; 5128 s = expr_end; 5129 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict); 5130 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5131 5132 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */ 5133 case '*': 5134 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5135 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5136 break; 5137 s = expr_end; 5138 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict); 5139 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5140 5141 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */ 5142 case 'p': 5143 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5144 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5145 break; 5146 s = expr_end; 5147 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5148 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5149 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5); 5150 5151 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */ 5152 case '~': 5153 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5154 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5155 break; 5156 s = expr_end; 5157 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5158 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5159 num = 63 - num; 5160 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5161 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5162 5163 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */ 5164 case '%': 5165 flag = 0; 5166 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5167 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5168 break; 5169 s = expr_end; 5170 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5171 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5172 num--; 5173 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3; 5174 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5175 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5176 5177 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */ 5178 case '|': 5179 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5180 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5181 break; 5182 s = expr_end; 5183 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5184 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5185 num--; 5186 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7; 5187 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5188 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5189 5190 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */ 5191 case 'P': 5192 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5193 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5194 break; 5195 s = expr_end; 5196 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5197 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5198 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5); 5199 5200 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */ 5201 case 'q': 5202 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5203 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5204 break; 5205 s = expr_end; 5206 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5207 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5208 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5209 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5210 5211 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement 5212 of the high bit of the immediate. */ 5213 case 'B': 5214 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5215 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5216 break; 5217 s = expr_end; 5218 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5219 if (num & 0x20) 5220 ; 5221 else 5222 opcode |= (1 << 13); 5223 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21); 5224 5225 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */ 5226 case 'Q': 5227 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5228 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5229 break; 5230 s = expr_end; 5231 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5232 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5233 5234 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */ 5235 case '$': 5236 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5237 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5238 break; 5239 s = expr_end; 5240 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict); 5241 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 5242 5243 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */ 5244 case 'A': 5245 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5246 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5247 break; 5248 s = expr_end; 5249 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict); 5250 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 5251 5252 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */ 5253 case 'D': 5254 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5255 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5256 break; 5257 s = expr_end; 5258 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict); 5259 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5260 5261 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */ 5262 case 'v': 5263 if (*s++ != ',') 5264 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier")); 5265 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5266 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5267 break; 5268 s = expr_end; 5269 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5270 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5271 5272 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */ 5273 case 'O': 5274 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5275 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5276 break; 5277 s = expr_end; 5278 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict); 5279 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6); 5280 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5281 5282 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */ 5283 case 'o': 5284 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5285 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5286 break; 5287 s = expr_end; 5288 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5289 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5290 5291 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */ 5292 case '0': 5293 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5294 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5295 break; 5296 s = expr_end; 5297 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 5298 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6); 5299 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5300 5301 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */ 5302 case '1': 5303 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5304 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5305 break; 5306 s = expr_end; 5307 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5308 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6); 5309 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5310 5311 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */ 5312 case 'u': 5313 if (*s++ != ',') 5314 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier")); 5315 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5316 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5317 break; 5318 s = expr_end; 5319 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5320 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5321 5322 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */ 5323 case '2': 5324 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5325 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5326 break; 5327 s = expr_end; 5328 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict); 5329 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4); 5330 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5331 5332 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5333 case '{': 5334 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't') 5335 { 5336 the_insn.trunc = 1; 5337 s += 2; 5338 } 5339 else 5340 the_insn.trunc = 0; 5341 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5342 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5343 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5344 flag = SGL; 5345 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5346 flag = DBL; 5347 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5348 flag = QUAD; 5349 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5350 5351 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5352 case '_': 5353 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5354 s--; 5355 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5356 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5357 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5358 flag = SGL; 5359 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5360 flag = DBL; 5361 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5362 flag = QUAD; 5363 opcode |= flag << 13; 5364 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL 5365 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL 5366 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD) 5367 { 5368 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5369 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5370 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5371 flag = 0; 5372 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W 5373 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW 5374 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW) 5375 flag = 2; 5376 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW 5377 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW 5378 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW) 5379 flag = 6; 5380 else 5381 abort (); 5382 } 5383 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W 5384 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW 5385 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW) 5386 { 5387 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5388 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5389 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5390 flag = 1; 5391 else 5392 abort (); 5393 } 5394 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW 5395 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW 5396 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW) 5397 { 5398 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5399 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5400 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5401 flag = 5; 5402 else 5403 abort (); 5404 } 5405 flag |= the_insn.trunc; 5406 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15); 5407 5408 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5409 case 'F': 5410 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5411 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5412 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5413 5414 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5415 case 'G': 5416 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5417 s--; 5418 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5419 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5420 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13); 5421 5422 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */ 5423 case 'I': 5424 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5425 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5426 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5427 5428 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26. 5429 Only allows single and double precision. */ 5430 case 'H': 5431 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5432 switch (flag) 5433 { 5434 case SGL: 5435 opcode |= 0x20; 5436 case DBL: 5437 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5438 continue; 5439 5440 case QUAD: 5441 case ILLEGAL_FMT: 5442 default: 5443 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.")); 5444 } 5445 break; 5446 5447 /* Handle all floating point registers. */ 5448 case 'f': 5449 switch (*++args) 5450 { 5451 /* Float target register. */ 5452 case 't': 5453 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5454 break; 5455 /* RSEL should not be set. */ 5456 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) 5457 break; 5458 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE; 5459 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5460 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5461 5462 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */ 5463 case 'T': 5464 { 5465 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5466 break; 5467 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5468 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5469 opcode |= num; 5470 5471 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes 5472 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This 5473 is not necessary for loads/stores. */ 5474 if (need_pa11_opcode () 5475 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000)) 5476 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5477 5478 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0); 5479 continue; 5480 } 5481 5482 /* Float operand 1. */ 5483 case 'a': 5484 { 5485 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5486 break; 5487 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5489 opcode |= num << 21; 5490 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5491 { 5492 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5493 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5494 } 5495 continue; 5496 } 5497 5498 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */ 5499 case 'X': 5500 case 'A': 5501 { 5502 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5503 break; 5504 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5505 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5506 opcode |= num << 21; 5507 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5508 continue; 5509 } 5510 5511 /* Float operand 2. */ 5512 case 'b': 5513 { 5514 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5515 break; 5516 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5518 opcode |= num << 16; 5519 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5520 { 5521 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5522 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5523 } 5524 continue; 5525 } 5526 5527 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */ 5528 case 'B': 5529 { 5530 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5531 break; 5532 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5533 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5534 opcode |= num << 16; 5535 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5536 continue; 5537 } 5538 5539 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */ 5540 case 'C': 5541 { 5542 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5543 break; 5544 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5545 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5546 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11; 5547 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9; 5548 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0); 5549 continue; 5550 } 5551 5552 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5553 case 'i': 5554 { 5555 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5556 break; 5557 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5558 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5559 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5560 { 5561 if (num < 16) 5562 { 5563 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5564 break; 5565 } 5566 num &= 0xF; 5567 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5568 } 5569 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5570 } 5571 5572 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5573 case 'j': 5574 { 5575 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5576 break; 5577 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5578 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5579 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5580 { 5581 if (num < 16) 5582 { 5583 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5584 break; 5585 } 5586 num &= 0xF; 5587 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5588 } 5589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5590 } 5591 5592 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5593 case 'k': 5594 { 5595 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5596 break; 5597 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5598 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5599 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5600 { 5601 if (num < 16) 5602 { 5603 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5604 break; 5605 } 5606 num &= 0xF; 5607 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5608 } 5609 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5610 } 5611 5612 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5613 case 'l': 5614 { 5615 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5616 break; 5617 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5618 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5619 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5620 { 5621 if (num < 16) 5622 { 5623 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5624 break; 5625 } 5626 num &= 0xF; 5627 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5628 } 5629 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5630 } 5631 5632 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5633 case 'm': 5634 { 5635 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5636 break; 5637 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5638 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5639 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5640 { 5641 if (num < 16) 5642 { 5643 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5644 break; 5645 } 5646 num &= 0xF; 5647 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5648 } 5649 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5650 } 5651 5652 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */ 5653 case 'E': 5654 case 'e': 5655 { 5656 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5657 break; 5658 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5659 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5660 opcode |= num << 16; 5661 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5662 { 5663 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0); 5664 } 5665 continue; 5666 } 5667 5668 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */ 5669 case 'x': 5670 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5671 break; 5672 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5673 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5675 5676 default: 5677 abort (); 5678 } 5679 break; 5680 5681 default: 5682 abort (); 5683 } 5684 break; 5685 } 5686 5687 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 5688 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is 5689 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */ 5690 if (match == TRUE 5691 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch 5692 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch)) 5693 { 5694 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 5695 match = FALSE; 5696 } 5697 5698 failed: 5699 /* Check if the args matched. */ 5700 if (!match) 5701 { 5702 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES 5703 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)) 5704 { 5705 ++insn; 5706 s = argstart; 5707 continue; 5708 } 5709 else 5710 { 5711 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message); 5712 return; 5713 } 5714 } 5715 break; 5716 } 5717 5718 if (immediate_check) 5719 { 5720 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1) 5721 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."), 5722 pos, len); 5723 } 5724 5725 the_insn.opcode = opcode; 5726 } 5727 5728 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */ 5729 5730 void 5731 md_assemble (char *str) 5732 { 5733 char *to; 5734 5735 /* The had better be something to assemble. */ 5736 gas_assert (str); 5737 5738 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 5739 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 5740 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 5741 5742 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 5743 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 5744 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 5745 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5746 { 5747 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 5748 5749 if (label_symbol) 5750 { 5751 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 5752 { 5753 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 5754 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 5755 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 5756 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5757 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 5758 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 5759 if (within_entry_exit) 5760 { 5761 char *where; 5762 unsigned int u; 5763 5764 where = frag_more (0); 5765 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 5766 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5767 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5768 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 5769 } 5770 #endif 5771 } 5772 else 5773 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 5774 } 5775 else 5776 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 5777 } 5778 5779 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */ 5780 pa_ip (str); 5781 5782 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */ 5783 to = frag_more (4); 5784 5785 /* Output the opcode. */ 5786 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4); 5787 5788 /* If necessary output more stuff. */ 5789 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE) 5790 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL, 5791 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel, 5792 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector, 5793 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0); 5794 5795 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 5796 dwarf2_emit_insn (4); 5797 #endif 5798 } 5799 5800 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5801 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the 5802 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */ 5803 static void 5804 pa_align (int bytes) 5805 { 5806 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5807 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5808 5809 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */ 5810 s_align_bytes (bytes); 5811 5812 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's 5813 alignment if necessary. */ 5814 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1) 5815 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes)); 5816 } 5817 #endif 5818 5819 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */ 5820 5821 static void 5822 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5823 { 5824 unsigned int temp_size; 5825 5826 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5827 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5828 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5829 #endif 5830 5831 temp_size = get_absolute_expression (); 5832 5833 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF) 5834 { 5835 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff")); 5836 temp_size = 0; 5837 } 5838 else 5839 { 5840 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */ 5841 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL); 5842 *p = 0; 5843 } 5844 5845 pa_undefine_label (); 5846 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5847 } 5848 5849 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */ 5850 5851 static void 5852 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5853 { 5854 5855 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5856 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5857 the beginning and end of branch tables). */ 5858 char *where = frag_more (0); 5859 5860 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5861 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5862 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB, 5863 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5864 #endif 5865 5866 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5867 } 5868 5869 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */ 5870 5871 static void 5872 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5873 { 5874 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5875 expressionS exp; 5876 char *where = frag_more (0); 5877 5878 if (! begin) 5879 expression (&exp); 5880 5881 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5882 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */ 5883 5884 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5885 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp, 5886 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY, 5887 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5888 #endif 5889 5890 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5891 } 5892 5893 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes 5894 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */ 5895 5896 static void 5897 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc) 5898 { 5899 char *name, c; 5900 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 5901 5902 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5903 { 5904 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5905 /* Process a source argument. */ 5906 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 5907 { 5908 temp = atoi (name + 4); 5909 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5910 input_line_pointer++; 5911 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5912 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5913 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc); 5914 } 5915 /* Process a return value. */ 5916 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0)) 5917 { 5918 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5919 input_line_pointer++; 5920 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5921 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5922 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3); 5923 } 5924 else 5925 { 5926 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name); 5927 } 5928 5929 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5930 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5931 input_line_pointer++; 5932 } 5933 } 5934 5935 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information 5936 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect 5937 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */ 5938 5939 static void 5940 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5941 { 5942 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5943 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5944 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5945 #endif 5946 5947 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc); 5948 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5949 } 5950 5951 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 5952 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function 5953 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using 5954 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building 5955 of the unwind spaces. */ 5956 5957 static void 5958 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info) 5959 { 5960 asection *seg, *save_seg; 5961 subsegT save_subseg; 5962 unsigned int unwind; 5963 int reloc; 5964 char *name, *p; 5965 symbolS *symbolP; 5966 5967 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg) 5968 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5969 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5970 return; 5971 5972 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5973 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */ 5974 return; 5975 5976 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced 5977 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with 5978 multiple definitions, etc. */ 5979 name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol), 5980 (char *) NULL); 5981 5982 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have 5983 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind 5984 entry. */ 5985 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 5986 if (symbolP) 5987 { 5988 xfree (name); 5989 return; 5990 } 5991 else 5992 { 5993 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, 5994 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now); 5995 gas_assert (symbolP); 5996 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 5997 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 5998 } 5999 6000 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 6001 save_seg = now_seg; 6002 save_subseg = now_subseg; 6003 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating 6004 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the 6005 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */ 6006 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME); 6007 if (seg == ASEC_NULL) 6008 { 6009 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0); 6010 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg, 6011 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 6012 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA); 6013 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2); 6014 } 6015 6016 subseg_set (seg, 0); 6017 6018 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind 6019 descriptor. */ 6020 p = frag_more (16); 6021 6022 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */ 6023 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4); 6024 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6025 symbolP, (offsetT) 0, 6026 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6027 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6028 6029 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. 6030 6031 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be 6032 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary 6033 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same 6034 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is 6035 finished with its work. */ 6036 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4); 6037 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6038 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0, 6039 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6040 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6041 6042 /* Dump the descriptor. */ 6043 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6044 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4); 6045 6046 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6047 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4); 6048 6049 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */ 6050 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg); 6051 } 6052 #endif 6053 6054 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later 6055 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support 6056 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */ 6057 6058 static void 6059 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6060 { 6061 char *name, c; 6062 int temp; 6063 6064 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6065 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6066 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6067 #endif 6068 6069 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */ 6070 if (!within_procedure) 6071 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition")); 6072 6073 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the 6074 current procedure. */ 6075 callinfo_found = TRUE; 6076 6077 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */ 6078 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6079 { 6080 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6081 /* Frame size specification. */ 6082 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0)) 6083 { 6084 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6085 input_line_pointer++; 6086 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6087 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0) 6088 { 6089 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp); 6090 temp = 0; 6091 } 6092 6093 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */ 6094 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8; 6095 } 6096 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */ 6097 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0)) 6098 { 6099 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6100 input_line_pointer++; 6101 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6102 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR 6103 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in 6104 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */ 6105 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18) 6106 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n")); 6107 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2; 6108 } 6109 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0)) 6110 { 6111 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6112 input_line_pointer++; 6113 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6114 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even 6115 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */ 6116 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21) 6117 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n")); 6118 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11; 6119 } 6120 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0)) 6121 { 6122 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6123 input_line_pointer++; 6124 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6125 if (temp != 3) 6126 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n")); 6127 } 6128 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */ 6129 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) 6130 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0)) 6131 { 6132 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6133 } 6134 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0)) 6135 { 6136 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6137 } 6138 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */ 6139 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0)) 6140 { 6141 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6142 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1; 6143 } 6144 /* Likewise for SP. */ 6145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0)) 6146 { 6147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6148 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1; 6149 } 6150 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so 6151 in the unwind descriptor. */ 6152 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0)) 6153 { 6154 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6155 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1; 6156 } 6157 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the 6158 unwind descriptor. */ 6159 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0)) 6160 { 6161 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6162 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1; 6163 } 6164 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my 6165 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler 6166 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor 6167 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */ 6168 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0)) 6169 { 6170 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6171 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1; 6172 } 6173 else 6174 { 6175 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name); 6176 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6177 } 6178 6179 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6180 input_line_pointer++; 6181 } 6182 6183 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6184 } 6185 6186 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 6187 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our 6188 label when finished. */ 6189 6190 static void 6191 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6192 { 6193 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6194 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 6195 current_subspace 6196 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6197 #endif 6198 6199 s_text (0); 6200 pa_undefine_label (); 6201 } 6202 6203 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */ 6204 6205 static void 6206 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6207 { 6208 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6209 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 6210 current_subspace 6211 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6212 #endif 6213 s_data (0); 6214 pa_undefine_label (); 6215 } 6216 6217 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines, 6218 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax: 6219 6220 <label> .comm <length> 6221 6222 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of 6223 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute 6224 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space 6225 and subspace. 6226 6227 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm. 6228 6229 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called 6230 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number 6231 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular 6232 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What 6233 a pain. 6234 6235 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */ 6236 6237 static void 6238 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6239 { 6240 unsigned int size; 6241 symbolS *symbol; 6242 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6243 6244 if (label_symbol) 6245 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6246 else 6247 symbol = NULL; 6248 6249 SKIP_WHITESPACE (); 6250 size = get_absolute_expression (); 6251 6252 if (symbol) 6253 { 6254 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6255 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size); 6256 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr); 6257 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6258 6259 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the 6260 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address 6261 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */ 6262 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag); 6263 } 6264 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6265 } 6266 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */ 6267 6268 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */ 6269 6270 static void 6271 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6272 { 6273 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6274 } 6275 6276 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */ 6277 6278 static void 6279 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6280 { 6281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6282 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6283 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6284 #endif 6285 6286 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported")); 6287 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6288 } 6289 6290 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the 6291 procedure. */ 6292 6293 static void 6294 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6295 { 6296 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6297 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6298 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6299 #endif 6300 6301 if (!within_procedure) 6302 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.")); 6303 else 6304 { 6305 if (!callinfo_found) 6306 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo.")); 6307 } 6308 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6309 within_entry_exit = TRUE; 6310 6311 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6312 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6313 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6314 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6315 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6316 6317 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6318 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6319 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6320 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6321 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL) 6322 { 6323 char *where; 6324 unsigned int u; 6325 6326 where = frag_more (0); 6327 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6328 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6329 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 6330 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 6331 } 6332 #endif 6333 } 6334 6335 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is 6336 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of 6337 registers, to get the size of the range. */ 6338 static int fudge_reg_expressions; 6339 6340 int 6341 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP, 6342 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6343 expressionS *rightP) 6344 { 6345 if (fudge_reg_expressions 6346 && rightP->X_op == O_register 6347 && resultP->X_op == O_register) 6348 { 6349 rightP->X_op = O_constant; 6350 resultP->X_op = O_constant; 6351 } 6352 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */ 6353 } 6354 6355 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */ 6356 6357 static void 6358 pa_equ (int reg) 6359 { 6360 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6361 symbolS *symbol; 6362 6363 if (label_symbol) 6364 { 6365 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6366 if (reg) 6367 { 6368 strict = 1; 6369 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) 6370 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register")); 6371 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number); 6372 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section); 6373 } 6374 else 6375 { 6376 expressionS exp; 6377 segT seg; 6378 6379 fudge_reg_expressions = 1; 6380 seg = expression (&exp); 6381 fudge_reg_expressions = 0; 6382 if (exp.X_op != O_constant 6383 && exp.X_op != O_register) 6384 { 6385 if (exp.X_op != O_absent) 6386 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed")); 6387 exp.X_add_number = 0; 6388 seg = absolute_section; 6389 } 6390 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number); 6391 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg); 6392 } 6393 } 6394 else 6395 { 6396 if (reg) 6397 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label")); 6398 else 6399 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label")); 6400 } 6401 6402 pa_undefine_label (); 6403 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6404 } 6405 6406 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6407 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute 6408 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */ 6409 6410 static void 6411 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void) 6412 { 6413 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a 6414 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */ 6415 char *name; 6416 symbolS *symbolP; 6417 6418 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6419 { 6420 /* We have already warned about a missing label, 6421 or other problems. */ 6422 return; 6423 } 6424 6425 name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol), 6426 (char *) NULL); 6427 6428 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the 6429 symbol will have already been defined. */ 6430 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6431 if (symbolP) 6432 { 6433 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can 6434 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend. 6435 6436 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free 6437 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */ 6438 xfree (name); 6439 } 6440 else 6441 { 6442 /* symbol value should be the offset of the 6443 last instruction of the function */ 6444 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4), 6445 frag_now); 6446 6447 gas_assert (symbolP); 6448 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6449 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6450 } 6451 6452 if (symbolP) 6453 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP; 6454 else 6455 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name); 6456 } 6457 #endif 6458 6459 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This 6460 usually involves creating some relocations or building special 6461 symbols to mark the end of the function. */ 6462 6463 static void 6464 process_exit (void) 6465 { 6466 char *where; 6467 6468 where = frag_more (0); 6469 6470 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6471 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag 6472 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace 6473 to add an entry in the unwind table. */ 6474 (void) where; 6475 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 6476 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info); 6477 #else 6478 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6479 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6480 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6481 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6482 6483 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6484 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6485 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6486 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6487 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6488 NULL, (offsetT) 0, 6489 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, 6490 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor)); 6491 #endif 6492 } 6493 6494 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */ 6495 6496 static void 6497 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6498 { 6499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6500 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6501 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6502 #endif 6503 6504 if (!within_procedure) 6505 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure")); 6506 else 6507 { 6508 if (!callinfo_found) 6509 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo")); 6510 else 6511 { 6512 if (!within_entry_exit) 6513 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT")); 6514 else 6515 { 6516 within_entry_exit = FALSE; 6517 process_exit (); 6518 } 6519 } 6520 } 6521 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6522 } 6523 6524 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */ 6525 6526 static void 6527 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export) 6528 { 6529 char *name, c; 6530 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 6531 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN; 6532 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP); 6533 6534 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0) 6535 { 6536 input_line_pointer += 8; 6537 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6538 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr); 6539 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE; 6540 } 6541 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0) 6542 { 6543 input_line_pointer += 4; 6544 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM, 6545 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types. 6546 6547 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never 6548 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so 6549 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */ 6550 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP)) 6551 { 6552 if (is_export) 6553 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"), 6554 S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); 6555 6556 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6557 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6558 } 6559 else 6560 { 6561 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6562 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE; 6563 } 6564 } 6565 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0) 6566 { 6567 input_line_pointer += 4; 6568 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6569 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6570 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA; 6571 } 6572 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0)) 6573 { 6574 input_line_pointer += 5; 6575 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6576 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6577 } 6578 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0) 6579 { 6580 input_line_pointer += 9; 6581 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6582 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6583 { 6584 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym; 6585 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info = 6586 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info), 6587 STT_PARISC_MILLI); 6588 } 6589 #endif 6590 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE; 6591 } 6592 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0) 6593 { 6594 input_line_pointer += 6; 6595 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6596 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL; 6597 } 6598 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0) 6599 { 6600 input_line_pointer += 8; 6601 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6602 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG; 6603 } 6604 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0) 6605 { 6606 input_line_pointer += 8; 6607 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6608 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG; 6609 } 6610 6611 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types 6612 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information 6613 to the SOM BFD backend. */ 6614 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type 6615 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type); 6616 #else 6617 (void) type; 6618 #endif 6619 6620 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled, 6621 handle any argument relocation information. */ 6622 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6623 { 6624 if (*input_line_pointer == ',') 6625 input_line_pointer++; 6626 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6627 /* Argument sources. */ 6628 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 6629 { 6630 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6631 input_line_pointer++; 6632 temp = atoi (name + 4); 6633 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6634 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name)); 6635 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6636 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6637 #else 6638 (void) arg_reloc; 6639 #endif 6640 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6641 } 6642 /* The return value. */ 6643 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0) 6644 { 6645 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6646 input_line_pointer++; 6647 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6648 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 6649 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6650 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6651 #else 6652 (void) arg_reloc; 6653 #endif 6654 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6655 } 6656 /* Privilege level. */ 6657 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0) 6658 { 6659 char *priv; 6660 6661 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6662 input_line_pointer++; 6663 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer); 6664 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6665 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp; 6666 #endif 6667 c = get_symbol_name (&priv); 6668 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6669 } 6670 else 6671 { 6672 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name); 6673 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6674 } 6675 6676 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6677 input_line_pointer++; 6678 } 6679 } 6680 6681 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external 6682 and provides information such as argument relocation entries 6683 to callers. */ 6684 6685 static void 6686 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6687 { 6688 char *name, c; 6689 symbolS *symbol; 6690 6691 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6692 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */ 6693 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6694 { 6695 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name); 6696 restore_line_pointer (c); 6697 input_line_pointer++; 6698 } 6699 else 6700 { 6701 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. 6702 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive. 6703 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set. 6704 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually 6705 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */ 6706 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6707 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 6708 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6709 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6710 { 6711 input_line_pointer++; 6712 pa_type_args (symbol, 1); 6713 } 6714 } 6715 6716 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6717 } 6718 6719 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given 6720 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or 6721 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */ 6722 6723 static void 6724 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6725 { 6726 char *name, c; 6727 symbolS *symbol; 6728 6729 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6730 6731 symbol = symbol_find (name); 6732 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file, 6733 in which case all the code below will really screw things up 6734 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */ 6735 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol)) 6736 { 6737 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); 6738 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6739 6740 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6741 { 6742 input_line_pointer++; 6743 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6744 } 6745 else 6746 { 6747 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help 6748 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on 6749 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really 6750 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */ 6751 if (now_seg == text_section) 6752 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6753 6754 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined 6755 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */ 6756 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr); 6757 } 6758 } 6759 else 6760 { 6761 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to 6762 the end of the current statement. */ 6763 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6764 input_line_pointer++; 6765 } 6766 6767 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6768 } 6769 6770 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */ 6771 6772 static void 6773 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6774 { 6775 char *name, c; 6776 6777 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6778 6779 if (strlen (name) > 0) 6780 { 6781 colon (name); 6782 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6783 } 6784 else 6785 { 6786 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL")); 6787 } 6788 6789 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6790 { 6791 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.")); 6792 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6793 } 6794 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6795 } 6796 6797 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */ 6798 6799 static void 6800 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6801 { 6802 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6803 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6804 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6805 #endif 6806 6807 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported")); 6808 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6809 } 6810 6811 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */ 6812 6813 static void 6814 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6815 { 6816 char *level; 6817 6818 level = input_line_pointer; 6819 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0) 6820 { 6821 input_line_pointer += 3; 6822 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10)) 6823 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6824 } 6825 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0) 6826 { 6827 input_line_pointer += 3; 6828 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11)) 6829 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6830 } 6831 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0) 6832 { 6833 input_line_pointer += 4; 6834 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25)) 6835 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6836 } 6837 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0) 6838 { 6839 input_line_pointer += 3; 6840 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20)) 6841 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6842 } 6843 else 6844 { 6845 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n")); 6846 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6847 } 6848 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6849 } 6850 6851 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */ 6852 6853 static void 6854 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6855 { 6856 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6857 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6858 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6859 #endif 6860 6861 s_org (0); 6862 pa_undefine_label (); 6863 } 6864 6865 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it 6866 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */ 6867 6868 static void 6869 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6870 { 6871 char *name, c; 6872 symbolS *symbol; 6873 6874 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6875 6876 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6877 { 6878 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name); 6879 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6880 input_line_pointer++; 6881 } 6882 else 6883 { 6884 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6885 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6886 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6887 { 6888 input_line_pointer++; 6889 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6890 } 6891 } 6892 6893 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6894 } 6895 6896 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning 6897 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */ 6898 6899 static void 6900 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6901 { 6902 struct call_info *call_info; 6903 6904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6905 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6906 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6907 #endif 6908 6909 if (within_procedure) 6910 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures")); 6911 6912 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */ 6913 callinfo_found = FALSE; 6914 within_procedure = TRUE; 6915 6916 /* Create another call_info structure. */ 6917 call_info = XNEW (struct call_info); 6918 6919 if (!call_info) 6920 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n")); 6921 6922 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info)); 6923 6924 call_info->ci_next = NULL; 6925 6926 if (call_info_root == NULL) 6927 { 6928 call_info_root = call_info; 6929 last_call_info = call_info; 6930 } 6931 else 6932 { 6933 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info; 6934 last_call_info = call_info; 6935 } 6936 6937 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */ 6938 6939 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0; 6940 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1; 6941 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0; 6942 6943 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined 6944 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */ 6945 { 6946 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6947 6948 if (label_symbol) 6949 { 6950 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6951 { 6952 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6953 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6954 } 6955 else 6956 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 6957 } 6958 else 6959 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL; 6960 } 6961 6962 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6963 } 6964 6965 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the 6966 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */ 6967 6968 static void 6969 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6970 { 6971 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6972 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6973 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6974 #endif 6975 6976 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 6977 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 6978 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 6979 6980 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 6981 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 6982 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 6983 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6984 { 6985 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6986 6987 if (label_symbol) 6988 { 6989 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6990 { 6991 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6992 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 6993 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6994 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6995 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 6996 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 6997 if (within_entry_exit) 6998 { 6999 char *where; 7000 unsigned int u; 7001 7002 where = frag_more (0); 7003 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 7004 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 7005 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 7006 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 7007 } 7008 #endif 7009 } 7010 else 7011 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7012 } 7013 else 7014 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 7015 } 7016 7017 if (!within_procedure) 7018 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend")); 7019 7020 if (!callinfo_found) 7021 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure")); 7022 7023 if (within_entry_exit) 7024 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY")); 7025 7026 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 7027 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute 7028 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */ 7029 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 7030 #endif 7031 7032 within_procedure = FALSE; 7033 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7034 pa_undefine_label (); 7035 } 7036 7037 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 7038 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then 7039 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */ 7040 7041 static int 7042 exact_log2 (int value) 7043 { 7044 int shift = 0; 7045 7046 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32) 7047 shift++; 7048 7049 if (shift >= 32) 7050 return -1; 7051 else 7052 return shift; 7053 } 7054 7055 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */ 7056 7057 static void 7058 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void) 7059 { 7060 if (current_space == NULL) 7061 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n")); 7062 7063 if (current_subspace == NULL) 7064 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n")); 7065 } 7066 7067 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero, 7068 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified 7069 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */ 7070 7071 static sd_chain_struct * 7072 pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag) 7073 { 7074 char *name, *ptemp, c; 7075 char loadable, defined, private, sort; 7076 int spnum; 7077 asection *seg = NULL; 7078 sd_chain_struct *space; 7079 7080 /* Load default values. */ 7081 spnum = 0; 7082 sort = 0; 7083 loadable = TRUE; 7084 defined = TRUE; 7085 private = FALSE; 7086 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0) 7087 { 7088 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment; 7089 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined; 7090 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private; 7091 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort; 7092 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum; 7093 } 7094 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0) 7095 { 7096 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment; 7097 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined; 7098 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private; 7099 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort; 7100 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum; 7101 } 7102 7103 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7104 { 7105 print_errors = FALSE; 7106 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1; 7107 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than 7108 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of 7109 the line should be ignored. */ 7110 strict = 0; 7111 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0); 7112 if (pa_number >= 0) 7113 { 7114 spnum = pa_number; 7115 input_line_pointer = ptemp; 7116 } 7117 else 7118 { 7119 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7120 { 7121 input_line_pointer++; 7122 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7123 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0)) 7124 { 7125 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7126 input_line_pointer++; 7127 spnum = get_absolute_expression (); 7128 } 7129 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7130 { 7131 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7132 input_line_pointer++; 7133 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7134 } 7135 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7136 { 7137 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7138 loadable = FALSE; 7139 } 7140 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0)) 7141 { 7142 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7143 defined = FALSE; 7144 } 7145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0)) 7146 { 7147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7148 private = TRUE; 7149 } 7150 else 7151 { 7152 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument")); 7153 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7154 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7155 input_line_pointer++; 7156 } 7157 } 7158 } 7159 print_errors = TRUE; 7160 } 7161 7162 if (create_flag && seg == NULL) 7163 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0); 7164 7165 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with 7166 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in 7167 an already existing space -- this can only happen for 7168 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */ 7169 if (create_flag) 7170 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined, 7171 private, sort, seg, 1); 7172 else 7173 { 7174 space = is_defined_space (space_name); 7175 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum; 7176 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1; 7177 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1; 7178 } 7179 7180 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7181 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7182 #endif 7183 7184 return space; 7185 } 7186 7187 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the 7188 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */ 7189 7190 static void 7191 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7192 { 7193 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s; 7194 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain; 7195 7196 if (within_procedure) 7197 { 7198 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7199 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7200 } 7201 else 7202 { 7203 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code 7204 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts 7205 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */ 7206 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right? 7207 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */ 7208 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0) 7209 { 7210 input_line_pointer += 6; 7211 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 7212 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7213 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1); 7214 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7215 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0); 7216 7217 current_space = sd_chain; 7218 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7219 current_subspace 7220 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section, 7221 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7222 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7223 return; 7224 } 7225 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0) 7226 { 7227 input_line_pointer += 9; 7228 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 7229 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7230 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1); 7231 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7232 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0); 7233 7234 current_space = sd_chain; 7235 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7236 current_subspace 7237 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section, 7238 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7239 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7240 return; 7241 } 7242 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, 7243 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 7244 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME))) 7245 { 7246 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7247 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7248 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7249 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1); 7250 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7251 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0); 7252 7253 current_space = sd_chain; 7254 7255 { 7256 asection *gdb_section 7257 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7258 7259 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7260 current_subspace 7261 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section, 7262 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7263 } 7264 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7265 return; 7266 } 7267 7268 /* It could be a space specified by number. */ 7269 print_errors = 0; 7270 save_s = input_line_pointer; 7271 strict = 0; 7272 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0); 7273 if (pa_number >= 0) 7274 { 7275 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number))) 7276 { 7277 current_space = sd_chain; 7278 7279 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7280 current_subspace 7281 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7282 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7283 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7284 return; 7285 } 7286 } 7287 7288 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */ 7289 print_errors = 1; 7290 input_line_pointer = save_s; 7291 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7292 space_name = xstrdup (name); 7293 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7294 7295 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1); 7296 current_space = sd_chain; 7297 7298 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7299 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7300 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7301 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7302 } 7303 } 7304 7305 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */ 7306 7307 static void 7308 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7309 { 7310 char *name; 7311 char c; 7312 char *p; 7313 sd_chain_struct *space; 7314 7315 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7316 space = is_defined_space (name); 7317 if (space) 7318 { 7319 p = frag_more (4); 7320 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4); 7321 } 7322 else 7323 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name); 7324 7325 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7326 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7327 } 7328 7329 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the 7330 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary. 7331 7332 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how 7333 they're broken up into subroutines. */ 7334 7335 static void 7336 pa_subspace (int create_new) 7337 { 7338 char *name, *ss_name, c; 7339 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort; 7340 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags; 7341 sd_chain_struct *space; 7342 ssd_chain_struct *ssd; 7343 asection *section; 7344 7345 if (current_space == NULL) 7346 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n")); 7347 7348 if (within_procedure) 7349 { 7350 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7351 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7352 } 7353 else 7354 { 7355 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7356 ss_name = xstrdup (name); 7357 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7358 7359 /* Load default values. */ 7360 sort = 0; 7361 access_ctr = 0x7f; 7362 loadable = 1; 7363 comdat = 0; 7364 common = 0; 7365 dup_common = 0; 7366 code_only = 0; 7367 zero = 0; 7368 space_index = ~0; 7369 alignment = 1; 7370 quadrant = 0; 7371 7372 space = current_space; 7373 if (create_new) 7374 ssd = NULL; 7375 else 7376 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name); 7377 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But 7378 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */ 7379 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd)) 7380 { 7381 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg); 7382 current_subspace = ssd; 7383 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7384 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified")); 7385 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7386 return; 7387 } 7388 else 7389 { 7390 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of 7391 the builtin subspaces. */ 7392 i = 0; 7393 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7394 { 7395 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0) 7396 { 7397 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable; 7398 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat; 7399 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common; 7400 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common; 7401 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only; 7402 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero; 7403 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index; 7404 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment; 7405 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant; 7406 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access; 7407 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort; 7408 break; 7409 } 7410 i++; 7411 } 7412 } 7413 7414 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in 7415 any information as specified by the user. */ 7416 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7417 { 7418 input_line_pointer++; 7419 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7420 { 7421 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7422 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0)) 7423 { 7424 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7425 input_line_pointer++; 7426 quadrant = get_absolute_expression (); 7427 } 7428 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0)) 7429 { 7430 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7431 input_line_pointer++; 7432 alignment = get_absolute_expression (); 7433 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1) 7434 { 7435 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2")); 7436 alignment = 1; 7437 } 7438 } 7439 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0)) 7440 { 7441 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7442 input_line_pointer++; 7443 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression (); 7444 } 7445 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7446 { 7447 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7448 input_line_pointer++; 7449 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7450 } 7451 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0)) 7452 { 7453 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7454 code_only = 1; 7455 } 7456 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7457 { 7458 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7459 loadable = 0; 7460 } 7461 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0)) 7462 { 7463 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7464 comdat = 1; 7465 } 7466 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0)) 7467 { 7468 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7469 common = 1; 7470 } 7471 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0)) 7472 { 7473 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7474 dup_common = 1; 7475 } 7476 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0)) 7477 { 7478 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7479 zero = 1; 7480 } 7481 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0)) 7482 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument")); 7483 else 7484 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument")); 7485 7486 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7487 input_line_pointer++; 7488 } 7489 } 7490 7491 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information 7492 in the .subspace directive. */ 7493 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7494 flags = 0; 7495 if (loadable) 7496 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD); 7497 if (code_only) 7498 flags |= SEC_CODE; 7499 7500 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized 7501 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they 7502 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like 7503 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations 7504 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common 7505 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in 7506 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported 7507 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */ 7508 if (comdat || common || dup_common) 7509 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE; 7510 7511 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 7512 7513 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */ 7514 if (zero) 7515 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7516 7517 applicable &= flags; 7518 7519 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the 7520 segment already associated with the subspace. 7521 7522 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with 7523 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF 7524 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything 7525 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */ 7526 if (create_new) 7527 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0); 7528 else if (ssd) 7529 section = ssd->ssd_seg; 7530 else 7531 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0); 7532 7533 if (zero) 7534 seg_info (section)->bss = 1; 7535 7536 /* Now set the flags. */ 7537 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable); 7538 7539 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */ 7540 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment)); 7541 7542 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */ 7543 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section, 7544 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)); 7545 7546 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace, 7547 or create a new one. */ 7548 if (ssd) 7549 7550 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7551 code_only, comdat, common, 7552 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr, 7553 space_index, alignment, quadrant, 7554 section); 7555 else 7556 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7557 code_only, comdat, common, 7558 dup_common, zero, sort, 7559 access_ctr, space_index, 7560 alignment, quadrant, section); 7561 7562 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7563 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section; 7564 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg); 7565 } 7566 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1; 7567 } 7568 7569 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */ 7570 7571 static void 7572 pa_spaces_begin (void) 7573 { 7574 int i; 7575 7576 space_dict_root = NULL; 7577 space_dict_last = NULL; 7578 7579 i = 0; 7580 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name) 7581 { 7582 const char *name; 7583 7584 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */ 7585 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name; 7586 7587 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0); 7588 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum, 7589 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined, 7590 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort, 7591 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0); 7592 i++; 7593 } 7594 7595 i = 0; 7596 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7597 { 7598 const char *name; 7599 int applicable, subsegment; 7600 asection *segment = NULL; 7601 sd_chain_struct *space; 7602 7603 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right 7604 subsegment number. */ 7605 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name; 7606 subsegment = 0; 7607 7608 /* Create the new section. */ 7609 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment); 7610 7611 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss 7612 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for 7613 all the built-in subspaces. */ 7614 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$")) 7615 { 7616 text_section = segment; 7617 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7618 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7619 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7620 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE 7621 | SEC_READONLY 7622 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7623 } 7624 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$")) 7625 { 7626 data_section = segment; 7627 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7628 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7629 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7630 | SEC_RELOC 7631 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7632 7633 } 7634 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$")) 7635 { 7636 bss_section = segment; 7637 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7638 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7639 applicable & SEC_ALLOC); 7640 } 7641 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$")) 7642 { 7643 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7644 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7645 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7646 | SEC_RELOC 7647 | SEC_READONLY 7648 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7649 } 7650 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$")) 7651 { 7652 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7653 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7654 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7655 | SEC_RELOC 7656 | SEC_READONLY 7657 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7658 } 7659 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$")) 7660 { 7661 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7662 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7663 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7664 | SEC_RELOC 7665 | SEC_READONLY 7666 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7667 } 7668 7669 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */ 7670 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i]. 7671 def_space_index].segment); 7672 if (space == NULL) 7673 { 7674 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."), 7675 pa_def_subspaces[i].name); 7676 } 7677 7678 create_new_subspace (space, name, 7679 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable, 7680 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only, 7681 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat, 7682 pa_def_subspaces[i].common, 7683 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common, 7684 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero, 7685 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort, 7686 pa_def_subspaces[i].access, 7687 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index, 7688 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment, 7689 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant, 7690 segment); 7691 i++; 7692 } 7693 } 7694 7695 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7696 by the given parameters. */ 7697 7698 static sd_chain_struct * 7699 create_new_space (const char *name, 7700 int spnum, 7701 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7702 int defined, 7703 int private, 7704 int sort, 7705 asection *seg, 7706 int user_defined) 7707 { 7708 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7709 7710 chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct); 7711 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7712 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined; 7713 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined; 7714 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum; 7715 7716 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg; 7717 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1; 7718 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL; 7719 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL; 7720 7721 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */ 7722 if (!space_dict_last) 7723 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7724 7725 if (space_dict_root == NULL) 7726 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7727 else 7728 { 7729 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7730 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7731 7732 chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7733 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7734 7735 while (chain_pointer) 7736 { 7737 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7738 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next; 7739 } 7740 7741 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new 7742 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */ 7743 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7744 { 7745 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7746 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry; 7747 } 7748 else 7749 { 7750 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7751 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7752 } 7753 7754 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL) 7755 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7756 } 7757 7758 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get 7759 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at 7760 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where 7761 the user modifies a predefined space. */ 7762 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7763 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7764 #endif 7765 7766 return chain_entry; 7767 } 7768 7769 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7770 by the given parameters. 7771 7772 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical 7773 order as defined by the SORT entries. */ 7774 7775 static ssd_chain_struct * 7776 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7777 const char *name, 7778 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7779 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7780 int comdat, 7781 int common, 7782 int dup_common, 7783 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7784 int sort, 7785 int access_ctr, 7786 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7787 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7788 int quadrant, 7789 asection *seg) 7790 { 7791 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7792 7793 chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct); 7794 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7795 7796 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive 7797 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */ 7798 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0; 7799 7800 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0; 7801 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg; 7802 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL; 7803 7804 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */ 7805 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL) 7806 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7807 else 7808 { 7809 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7810 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7811 7812 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces; 7813 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7814 7815 while (chain_pointer) 7816 { 7817 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7818 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next; 7819 } 7820 7821 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update 7822 the links. */ 7823 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7824 { 7825 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7826 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry; 7827 } 7828 else 7829 { 7830 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7831 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7832 } 7833 } 7834 7835 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7836 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7837 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7838 #endif 7839 7840 return chain_entry; 7841 } 7842 7843 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the 7844 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */ 7845 7846 static ssd_chain_struct * 7847 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7848 char *name, 7849 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7850 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7851 int comdat, 7852 int common, 7853 int dup_common, 7854 int sort, 7855 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7856 int access_ctr, 7857 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7858 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7859 int quadrant, 7860 asection *section) 7861 { 7862 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7863 7864 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name); 7865 7866 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7867 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7868 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7869 #endif 7870 7871 return chain_entry; 7872 } 7873 7874 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or 7875 NULL if no such space exists. */ 7876 7877 static sd_chain_struct * 7878 is_defined_space (const char *name) 7879 { 7880 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7881 7882 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7883 chain_pointer; 7884 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next) 7885 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0) 7886 return chain_pointer; 7887 7888 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */ 7889 return NULL; 7890 } 7891 7892 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping 7893 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL. 7894 7895 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much, 7896 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */ 7897 7898 static sd_chain_struct * 7899 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg) 7900 { 7901 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7902 7903 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */ 7904 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7905 space_chain; 7906 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7907 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7908 return space_chain; 7909 7910 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */ 7911 return NULL; 7912 } 7913 7914 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name 7915 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists. 7916 7917 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to 7918 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations. 7919 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non 7920 COMDAT data. 7921 7922 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may 7923 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its 7924 own subspace. */ 7925 7926 static ssd_chain_struct * 7927 is_defined_subspace (const char *name) 7928 { 7929 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7930 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7931 7932 /* Walk through each space. */ 7933 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7934 space_chain; 7935 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7936 { 7937 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */ 7938 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7939 subspace_chain; 7940 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7941 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0) 7942 return subspace_chain; 7943 } 7944 7945 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */ 7946 return NULL; 7947 } 7948 7949 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no 7950 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL. 7951 7952 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace 7953 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have 7954 to become more efficient. */ 7955 7956 static ssd_chain_struct * 7957 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg) 7958 { 7959 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7960 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7961 7962 /* Walk through each space. */ 7963 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7964 space_chain; 7965 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7966 { 7967 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7968 { 7969 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for 7970 the correct mapping. */ 7971 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7972 subspace_chain; 7973 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7974 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg) 7975 return subspace_chain; 7976 } 7977 } 7978 7979 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */ 7980 return NULL; 7981 } 7982 7983 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number. 7984 7985 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space 7986 that was found or NULL on failure. */ 7987 7988 static sd_chain_struct * 7989 pa_find_space_by_number (int number) 7990 { 7991 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7992 7993 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7994 space_chain; 7995 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7996 { 7997 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number) 7998 return space_chain; 7999 } 8000 8001 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */ 8002 return NULL; 8003 } 8004 8005 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting 8006 address is unknown then return zero. */ 8007 8008 static unsigned int 8009 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant) 8010 { 8011 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this 8012 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */ 8013 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1) 8014 return 0x40000000; 8015 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1) 8016 return 0x40000000; 8017 else 8018 return 0; 8019 return 0; 8020 } 8021 #endif 8022 8023 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of 8024 a string. */ 8025 8026 static unsigned int 8027 pa_stringer_aux (char *s) 8028 { 8029 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK; 8030 8031 switch (c) 8032 { 8033 case '\"': 8034 c = NOT_A_CHAR; 8035 break; 8036 default: 8037 break; 8038 } 8039 return c; 8040 } 8041 8042 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */ 8043 8044 static void 8045 pa_stringer (int append_zero) 8046 { 8047 char *s, num_buf[4]; 8048 unsigned int c; 8049 int i; 8050 8051 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences. 8052 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be 8053 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */ 8054 8055 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8056 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8057 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8058 #endif 8059 8060 /* Skip the opening quote. */ 8061 s = input_line_pointer + 1; 8062 8063 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++))) 8064 { 8065 if (c == '\\') 8066 { 8067 c = *s; 8068 switch (c) 8069 { 8070 /* Handle \x<num>. */ 8071 case 'x': 8072 { 8073 unsigned int number; 8074 int num_digit; 8075 char dg; 8076 char *s_start = s; 8077 8078 /* Get past the 'x'. */ 8079 s++; 8080 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s; 8081 num_digit < 2 8082 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8083 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F')); 8084 num_digit++) 8085 { 8086 if (ISDIGIT (dg)) 8087 number = number * 16 + dg - '0'; 8088 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8089 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10; 8090 else 8091 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10; 8092 8093 s++; 8094 dg = *s; 8095 } 8096 if (num_digit > 0) 8097 { 8098 switch (num_digit) 8099 { 8100 case 1: 8101 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number); 8102 break; 8103 case 2: 8104 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number); 8105 break; 8106 } 8107 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++) 8108 s_start[i] = num_buf[i]; 8109 } 8110 break; 8111 } 8112 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */ 8113 default: 8114 s++; 8115 break; 8116 } 8117 } 8118 } 8119 stringer (8 + append_zero); 8120 pa_undefine_label (); 8121 } 8122 8123 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */ 8124 8125 static void 8126 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8127 { 8128 obj_version (0); 8129 pa_undefine_label (); 8130 } 8131 8132 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8133 8134 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */ 8135 8136 static void 8137 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8138 { 8139 obj_som_compiler (0); 8140 pa_undefine_label (); 8141 } 8142 8143 #endif 8144 8145 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */ 8146 8147 static void 8148 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8149 { 8150 obj_copyright (0); 8151 pa_undefine_label (); 8152 } 8153 8154 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine 8155 the latest space label. */ 8156 8157 static void 8158 pa_cons (int nbytes) 8159 { 8160 cons (nbytes); 8161 pa_undefine_label (); 8162 } 8163 8164 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */ 8165 8166 static void 8167 pa_float_cons (int float_type) 8168 { 8169 float_cons (float_type); 8170 pa_undefine_label (); 8171 } 8172 8173 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */ 8174 8175 static void 8176 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8177 { 8178 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8179 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8180 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8181 #endif 8182 8183 s_fill (0); 8184 pa_undefine_label (); 8185 } 8186 8187 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */ 8188 8189 static void 8190 pa_lcomm (int needs_align) 8191 { 8192 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8193 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8194 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8195 #endif 8196 8197 s_lcomm (needs_align); 8198 pa_undefine_label (); 8199 } 8200 8201 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */ 8202 8203 static void 8204 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8205 { 8206 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8207 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8208 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8209 #endif 8210 8211 s_lsym (0); 8212 pa_undefine_label (); 8213 } 8214 8215 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should 8216 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */ 8217 8218 void 8219 md_begin (void) 8220 { 8221 const char *retval = NULL; 8222 int lose = 0; 8223 unsigned int i = 0; 8224 8225 last_call_info = NULL; 8226 call_info_root = NULL; 8227 8228 /* Set the default machine type. */ 8229 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL)) 8230 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 8231 8232 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA. 8233 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */ 8234 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text) 8235 { 8236 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target.")); 8237 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0; 8238 } 8239 8240 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8241 pa_spaces_begin (); 8242 #endif 8243 8244 op_hash = hash_new (); 8245 8246 while (i < NUMOPCODES) 8247 { 8248 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name; 8249 8250 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]); 8251 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0') 8252 { 8253 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval); 8254 lose = 1; 8255 } 8256 8257 do 8258 { 8259 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask) 8260 != pa_opcodes[i].match) 8261 { 8262 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"), 8263 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args); 8264 lose = 1; 8265 } 8266 ++i; 8267 } 8268 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name)); 8269 } 8270 8271 if (lose) 8272 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.")); 8273 8274 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8275 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put 8276 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */ 8277 subseg_set (text_section, 0); 8278 #endif 8279 8280 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8281 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy"); 8282 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section); 8283 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */ 8284 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; 8285 #endif 8286 } 8287 8288 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be 8289 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument 8290 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions. 8291 8292 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing 8293 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates 8294 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of 8295 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry 8296 with the address of "foo"). 8297 8298 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend 8299 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of 8300 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8. 8301 8302 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for 8303 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field 8304 selectors). 8305 8306 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such 8307 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */ 8308 8309 int 8310 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp) 8311 { 8312 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8313 reloc_type code; 8314 #endif 8315 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix; 8316 8317 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8318 8319 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8320 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation 8321 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below) 8322 even if they occur with a different selector. */ 8323 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type, 8324 hppa_fix->fx_r_format, 8325 hppa_fix->fx_r_field); 8326 8327 switch (code) 8328 { 8329 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */ 8330 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 8331 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 8332 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L: 8333 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L: 8334 8335 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */ 8336 case R_PARISC_DIR14R: 8337 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR: 8338 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR: 8339 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 8340 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 8341 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR: 8342 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR: 8343 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R: 8344 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR: 8345 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR: 8346 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R: 8347 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR: 8348 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR: 8349 8350 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */ 8351 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY: 8352 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 8353 return 0; 8354 default: 8355 break; 8356 } 8357 #endif 8358 8359 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when 8360 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace. 8361 8362 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these; 8363 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever 8364 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */ 8365 if (fixp->fx_addsy 8366 && fixp->fx_subsy 8367 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE)) 8368 return 0; 8369 8370 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors. 8371 8372 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will 8373 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at 8374 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice 8375 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for 8376 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the 8377 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and 8378 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer 8379 sum to the right value. 8380 8381 eg. Suppose we have 8382 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21 8383 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26 8384 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25 8385 8386 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after 8387 reducing to the section symbol we get 8388 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0 8389 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092 8390 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096 8391 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k 8392 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096. 8393 8394 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we 8395 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds 8396 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP 8397 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case 8398 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */ 8399 8400 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel 8401 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel 8402 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel) 8403 return 0; 8404 8405 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs, 8406 relocations with plabels. */ 8407 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel 8408 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel 8409 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 8410 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel 8411 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 8412 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel) 8413 return 0; 8414 8415 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */ 8416 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8417 return 0; 8418 8419 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */ 8420 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy)) 8421 return 0; 8422 8423 return 1; 8424 } 8425 8426 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation, 8427 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled 8428 within GAS. */ 8429 8430 int 8431 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp) 8432 { 8433 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 8434 8435 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8436 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8437 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY 8438 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT 8439 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 8440 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 8441 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY 8442 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY 8443 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL 8444 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) 8445 return 1; 8446 #endif 8447 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8448 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT 8449 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY) 8450 return 1; 8451 #endif 8452 8453 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL); 8454 8455 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic 8456 linking works. */ 8457 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1)) 8458 return 1; 8459 8460 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation 8461 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long 8462 call stub. */ 8463 if (fixp->fx_pcrel 8464 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy), 8465 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)) 8466 return 1; 8467 8468 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */ 8469 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL) 8470 { 8471 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp); 8472 valueT distance, min_stub_distance; 8473 8474 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8; 8475 8476 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most 8477 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */ 8478 min_stub_distance = pc + 16; 8479 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8480 if (last_call_info != NULL) 8481 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol); 8482 #endif 8483 8484 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216 8485 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608) 8486 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 8487 && distance + 262144 >= 524288 8488 && min_stub_distance <= 262144) 8489 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 8490 && distance + 8192 >= 16384 8491 && min_stub_distance <= 8192) 8492 ) 8493 return 1; 8494 } 8495 8496 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8497 return 1; 8498 8499 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */ 8500 return 0; 8501 } 8502 8503 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */ 8504 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8505 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size 8506 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the 8507 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the 8508 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */ 8509 8510 void 8511 elf_hppa_final_processing (void) 8512 { 8513 struct call_info *call_info_pointer; 8514 8515 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root; 8516 call_info_pointer; 8517 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next) 8518 { 8519 elf_symbol_type *esym 8520 = ((elf_symbol_type *) 8521 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol)); 8522 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size = 8523 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol) 8524 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4; 8525 } 8526 } 8527 8528 static void 8529 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8530 { 8531 struct fix *new_fix; 8532 8533 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0); 8534 8535 if (new_fix) 8536 { 8537 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8538 8539 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8540 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8541 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8542 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8543 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8544 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8545 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY; 8546 } 8547 } 8548 8549 static void 8550 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8551 { 8552 struct fix *new_fix; 8553 8554 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0); 8555 8556 if (new_fix) 8557 { 8558 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8559 8560 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8561 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8562 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8563 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8564 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8565 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8566 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT; 8567 } 8568 } 8569 #endif 8570 8571 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these 8572 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file 8573 dependent tables? */ 8574 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = 8575 { 8576 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested, 8577 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */ 8578 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8579 {"align", pa_align, 8}, 8580 #endif 8581 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8582 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8}, 8583 #endif 8584 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1}, 8585 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1}, 8586 {"block", pa_block, 1}, 8587 {"blockz", pa_block, 0}, 8588 {"byte", pa_cons, 1}, 8589 {"call", pa_call, 0}, 8590 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0}, 8591 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)) 8592 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0}, 8593 #else 8594 {"code", pa_text, 0}, 8595 {"comm", pa_comm, 0}, 8596 #endif 8597 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8598 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0}, 8599 #endif 8600 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0}, 8601 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8602 {"data", pa_data, 0}, 8603 #endif 8604 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'}, 8605 {"dword", pa_cons, 8}, 8606 {"end", pa_end, 0}, 8607 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0}, 8608 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8609 {"end_try", pa_try, 0}, 8610 #endif 8611 {"enter", pa_enter, 0}, 8612 {"entry", pa_entry, 0}, 8613 {"equ", pa_equ, 0}, 8614 {"exit", pa_exit, 0}, 8615 {"export", pa_export, 0}, 8616 {"fill", pa_fill, 0}, 8617 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8618 {"half", pa_cons, 2}, 8619 {"import", pa_import, 0}, 8620 {"int", pa_cons, 4}, 8621 {"label", pa_label, 0}, 8622 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0}, 8623 {"leave", pa_leave, 0}, 8624 {"level", pa_level, 0}, 8625 {"long", pa_cons, 4}, 8626 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0}, 8627 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8628 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1}, 8629 #endif 8630 {"octa", pa_cons, 16}, 8631 {"org", pa_origin, 0}, 8632 {"origin", pa_origin, 0}, 8633 {"param", pa_param, 0}, 8634 {"proc", pa_proc, 0}, 8635 {"procend", pa_procend, 0}, 8636 {"quad", pa_cons, 8}, 8637 {"reg", pa_equ, 1}, 8638 {"short", pa_cons, 2}, 8639 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8640 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8641 {"space", pa_space, 0}, 8642 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0}, 8643 #endif 8644 {"string", pa_stringer, 0}, 8645 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1}, 8646 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8647 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0}, 8648 #endif 8649 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8650 {"text", pa_text, 0}, 8651 #endif 8652 {"version", pa_version, 0}, 8653 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8654 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0}, 8655 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0}, 8656 #endif 8657 {"word", pa_cons, 4}, 8658 {NULL, 0, 0} 8659 }; 8660 8661 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8662 void 8663 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) 8664 { 8665 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0); 8666 } 8667 8668 int 8669 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname) 8670 { 8671 unsigned int regnum = -1; 8672 unsigned int i; 8673 const char *p; 8674 char *q; 8675 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = 8676 { 8677 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 }, 8678 }; 8679 8680 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) 8681 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) 8682 return regnames[i].dw2regnum; 8683 8684 if (regname[0] == 'r') 8685 { 8686 p = regname + 1; 8687 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8688 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) 8689 return -1; 8690 } 8691 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r') 8692 { 8693 p = regname + 2; 8694 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8695 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 8696 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8697 return -1; 8698 regnum += 32 - 4; 8699 #else 8700 if (p == q 8701 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1))) 8702 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8703 return -1; 8704 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32; 8705 if (*q == 'R') 8706 regnum++; 8707 #endif 8708 } 8709 return regnum; 8710 } 8711 #endif 8712
